1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4: 2 * 3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar 4 * 5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions. 6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed. 7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code. 8 */ 9 10 /* 11 * screen.c: code for displaying on the screen 12 * 13 * Output to the screen (console, terminal emulator or GUI window) is minimized 14 * by remembering what is already on the screen, and only updating the parts 15 * that changed. 16 * 17 * ScreenLines[off] Contains a copy of the whole screen, as it is currently 18 * displayed (excluding text written by external commands). 19 * ScreenAttrs[off] Contains the associated attributes. 20 * LineOffset[row] Contains the offset into ScreenLines*[] and ScreenAttrs[] 21 * for each line. 22 * LineWraps[row] Flag for each line whether it wraps to the next line. 23 * 24 * For double-byte characters, two consecutive bytes in ScreenLines[] can form 25 * one character which occupies two display cells. 26 * For UTF-8 a multi-byte character is converted to Unicode and stored in 27 * ScreenLinesUC[]. ScreenLines[] contains the first byte only. For an ASCII 28 * character without composing chars ScreenLinesUC[] will be 0 and 29 * ScreenLinesC[][] is not used. When the character occupies two display 30 * cells the next byte in ScreenLines[] is 0. 31 * ScreenLinesC[][] contain up to 'maxcombine' composing characters 32 * (drawn on top of the first character). There is 0 after the last one used. 33 * ScreenLines2[] is only used for euc-jp to store the second byte if the 34 * first byte is 0x8e (single-width character). 35 * 36 * The screen_*() functions write to the screen and handle updating 37 * ScreenLines[]. 38 * 39 * update_screen() is the function that updates all windows and status lines. 40 * It is called form the main loop when must_redraw is non-zero. It may be 41 * called from other places when an immediate screen update is needed. 42 * 43 * The part of the buffer that is displayed in a window is set with: 44 * - w_topline (first buffer line in window) 45 * - w_topfill (filler lines above the first line) 46 * - w_leftcol (leftmost window cell in window), 47 * - w_skipcol (skipped window cells of first line) 48 * 49 * Commands that only move the cursor around in a window, do not need to take 50 * action to update the display. The main loop will check if w_topline is 51 * valid and update it (scroll the window) when needed. 52 * 53 * Commands that scroll a window change w_topline and must call 54 * check_cursor() to move the cursor into the visible part of the window, and 55 * call redraw_later(VALID) to have the window displayed by update_screen() 56 * later. 57 * 58 * Commands that change text in the buffer must call changed_bytes() or 59 * changed_lines() to mark the area that changed and will require updating 60 * later. The main loop will call update_screen(), which will update each 61 * window that shows the changed buffer. This assumes text above the change 62 * can remain displayed as it is. Text after the change may need updating for 63 * scrolling, folding and syntax highlighting. 64 * 65 * Commands that change how a window is displayed (e.g., setting 'list') or 66 * invalidate the contents of a window in another way (e.g., change fold 67 * settings), must call redraw_later(NOT_VALID) to have the whole window 68 * redisplayed by update_screen() later. 69 * 70 * Commands that change how a buffer is displayed (e.g., setting 'tabstop') 71 * must call redraw_curbuf_later(NOT_VALID) to have all the windows for the 72 * buffer redisplayed by update_screen() later. 73 * 74 * Commands that change highlighting and possibly cause a scroll too must call 75 * redraw_later(SOME_VALID) to update the whole window but still use scrolling 76 * to avoid redrawing everything. But the length of displayed lines must not 77 * change, use NOT_VALID then. 78 * 79 * Commands that move the window position must call redraw_later(NOT_VALID). 80 * TODO: should minimize redrawing by scrolling when possible. 81 * 82 * Commands that change everything (e.g., resizing the screen) must call 83 * redraw_all_later(NOT_VALID) or redraw_all_later(CLEAR). 84 * 85 * Things that are handled indirectly: 86 * - When messages scroll the screen up, msg_scrolled will be set and 87 * update_screen() called to redraw. 88 */ 89 90 #include "vim.h" 91 92 #define MB_FILLER_CHAR '<' /* character used when a double-width character 93 * doesn't fit. */ 94 95 /* 96 * The attributes that are actually active for writing to the screen. 97 */ 98 static int screen_attr = 0; 99 100 /* 101 * Positioning the cursor is reduced by remembering the last position. 102 * Mostly used by windgoto() and screen_char(). 103 */ 104 static int screen_cur_row, screen_cur_col; /* last known cursor position */ 105 106 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 107 static match_T search_hl; /* used for 'hlsearch' highlight matching */ 108 #endif 109 110 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 111 static foldinfo_T win_foldinfo; /* info for 'foldcolumn' */ 112 static int compute_foldcolumn(win_T *wp, int col); 113 #endif 114 115 /* 116 * Buffer for one screen line (characters and attributes). 117 */ 118 static schar_T *current_ScreenLine; 119 120 static void win_update(win_T *wp); 121 static void win_draw_end(win_T *wp, int c1, int c2, int row, int endrow, hlf_T hl); 122 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 123 static void fold_line(win_T *wp, long fold_count, foldinfo_T *foldinfo, linenr_T lnum, int row); 124 static void fill_foldcolumn(char_u *p, win_T *wp, int closed, linenr_T lnum); 125 static void copy_text_attr(int off, char_u *buf, int len, int attr); 126 #endif 127 static int win_line(win_T *, linenr_T, int, int, int nochange); 128 static int char_needs_redraw(int off_from, int off_to, int cols); 129 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 130 static void screen_line(int row, int coloff, int endcol, int clear_width, int rlflag); 131 # define SCREEN_LINE(r, o, e, c, rl) screen_line((r), (o), (e), (c), (rl)) 132 #else 133 static void screen_line(int row, int coloff, int endcol, int clear_width); 134 # define SCREEN_LINE(r, o, e, c, rl) screen_line((r), (o), (e), (c)) 135 #endif 136 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 137 static void draw_vsep_win(win_T *wp, int row); 138 #endif 139 #ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT 140 static void redraw_custom_statusline(win_T *wp); 141 #endif 142 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 143 # define SEARCH_HL_PRIORITY 0 144 static void start_search_hl(void); 145 static void end_search_hl(void); 146 static void init_search_hl(win_T *wp); 147 static void prepare_search_hl(win_T *wp, linenr_T lnum); 148 static void next_search_hl(win_T *win, match_T *shl, linenr_T lnum, colnr_T mincol, matchitem_T *cur); 149 static int next_search_hl_pos(match_T *shl, linenr_T lnum, posmatch_T *pos, colnr_T mincol); 150 #endif 151 static void screen_start_highlight(int attr); 152 static void screen_char(unsigned off, int row, int col); 153 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 154 static void screen_char_2(unsigned off, int row, int col); 155 #endif 156 static void screenclear2(void); 157 static void lineclear(unsigned off, int width); 158 static void lineinvalid(unsigned off, int width); 159 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 160 static void linecopy(int to, int from, win_T *wp); 161 static void redraw_block(int row, int end, win_T *wp); 162 #endif 163 static int win_do_lines(win_T *wp, int row, int line_count, int mayclear, int del); 164 static void win_rest_invalid(win_T *wp); 165 static void msg_pos_mode(void); 166 static void recording_mode(int attr); 167 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) 168 static void draw_tabline(void); 169 #endif 170 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(FEAT_WILDMENU) || defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) 171 static int fillchar_status(int *attr, int is_curwin); 172 #endif 173 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 174 static int fillchar_vsep(int *attr); 175 #endif 176 #ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT 177 static void win_redr_custom(win_T *wp, int draw_ruler); 178 #endif 179 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 180 static void win_redr_ruler(win_T *wp, int always); 181 #endif 182 183 #if defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) || defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) 184 /* Ugly global: overrule attribute used by screen_char() */ 185 static int screen_char_attr = 0; 186 #endif 187 188 /* 189 * Redraw the current window later, with update_screen(type). 190 * Set must_redraw only if not already set to a higher value. 191 * e.g. if must_redraw is CLEAR, type NOT_VALID will do nothing. 192 */ 193 void 194 redraw_later(int type) 195 { 196 redraw_win_later(curwin, type); 197 } 198 199 void 200 redraw_win_later( 201 win_T *wp, 202 int type) 203 { 204 if (wp->w_redr_type < type) 205 { 206 wp->w_redr_type = type; 207 if (type >= NOT_VALID) 208 wp->w_lines_valid = 0; 209 if (must_redraw < type) /* must_redraw is the maximum of all windows */ 210 must_redraw = type; 211 } 212 } 213 214 /* 215 * Force a complete redraw later. Also resets the highlighting. To be used 216 * after executing a shell command that messes up the screen. 217 */ 218 void 219 redraw_later_clear(void) 220 { 221 redraw_all_later(CLEAR); 222 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 223 if (gui.in_use) 224 /* Use a code that will reset gui.highlight_mask in 225 * gui_stop_highlight(). */ 226 screen_attr = HL_ALL + 1; 227 else 228 #endif 229 /* Use attributes that is very unlikely to appear in text. */ 230 screen_attr = HL_BOLD | HL_UNDERLINE | HL_INVERSE; 231 } 232 233 /* 234 * Mark all windows to be redrawn later. 235 */ 236 void 237 redraw_all_later(int type) 238 { 239 win_T *wp; 240 241 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) 242 { 243 redraw_win_later(wp, type); 244 } 245 } 246 247 /* 248 * Mark all windows that are editing the current buffer to be updated later. 249 */ 250 void 251 redraw_curbuf_later(int type) 252 { 253 redraw_buf_later(curbuf, type); 254 } 255 256 void 257 redraw_buf_later(buf_T *buf, int type) 258 { 259 win_T *wp; 260 261 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) 262 { 263 if (wp->w_buffer == buf) 264 redraw_win_later(wp, type); 265 } 266 } 267 268 /* 269 * Redraw as soon as possible. When the command line is not scrolled redraw 270 * right away and restore what was on the command line. 271 * Return a code indicating what happened. 272 */ 273 int 274 redraw_asap(int type) 275 { 276 int rows; 277 int cols = screen_Columns; 278 int r; 279 int ret = 0; 280 schar_T *screenline; /* copy from ScreenLines[] */ 281 sattr_T *screenattr; /* copy from ScreenAttrs[] */ 282 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 283 int i; 284 u8char_T *screenlineUC = NULL; /* copy from ScreenLinesUC[] */ 285 u8char_T *screenlineC[MAX_MCO]; /* copy from ScreenLinesC[][] */ 286 schar_T *screenline2 = NULL; /* copy from ScreenLines2[] */ 287 #endif 288 289 redraw_later(type); 290 if (msg_scrolled || (State != NORMAL && State != NORMAL_BUSY) || exiting) 291 return ret; 292 293 /* Allocate space to save the text displayed in the command line area. */ 294 rows = screen_Rows - cmdline_row; 295 screenline = (schar_T *)lalloc( 296 (long_u)(rows * cols * sizeof(schar_T)), FALSE); 297 screenattr = (sattr_T *)lalloc( 298 (long_u)(rows * cols * sizeof(sattr_T)), FALSE); 299 if (screenline == NULL || screenattr == NULL) 300 ret = 2; 301 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 302 if (enc_utf8) 303 { 304 screenlineUC = (u8char_T *)lalloc( 305 (long_u)(rows * cols * sizeof(u8char_T)), FALSE); 306 if (screenlineUC == NULL) 307 ret = 2; 308 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) 309 { 310 screenlineC[i] = (u8char_T *)lalloc( 311 (long_u)(rows * cols * sizeof(u8char_T)), FALSE); 312 if (screenlineC[i] == NULL) 313 ret = 2; 314 } 315 } 316 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) 317 { 318 screenline2 = (schar_T *)lalloc( 319 (long_u)(rows * cols * sizeof(schar_T)), FALSE); 320 if (screenline2 == NULL) 321 ret = 2; 322 } 323 #endif 324 325 if (ret != 2) 326 { 327 /* Save the text displayed in the command line area. */ 328 for (r = 0; r < rows; ++r) 329 { 330 mch_memmove(screenline + r * cols, 331 ScreenLines + LineOffset[cmdline_row + r], 332 (size_t)cols * sizeof(schar_T)); 333 mch_memmove(screenattr + r * cols, 334 ScreenAttrs + LineOffset[cmdline_row + r], 335 (size_t)cols * sizeof(sattr_T)); 336 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 337 if (enc_utf8) 338 { 339 mch_memmove(screenlineUC + r * cols, 340 ScreenLinesUC + LineOffset[cmdline_row + r], 341 (size_t)cols * sizeof(u8char_T)); 342 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) 343 mch_memmove(screenlineC[i] + r * cols, 344 ScreenLinesC[i] + LineOffset[cmdline_row + r], 345 (size_t)cols * sizeof(u8char_T)); 346 } 347 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) 348 mch_memmove(screenline2 + r * cols, 349 ScreenLines2 + LineOffset[cmdline_row + r], 350 (size_t)cols * sizeof(schar_T)); 351 #endif 352 } 353 354 update_screen(0); 355 ret = 3; 356 357 if (must_redraw == 0) 358 { 359 int off = (int)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines); 360 361 /* Restore the text displayed in the command line area. */ 362 for (r = 0; r < rows; ++r) 363 { 364 mch_memmove(current_ScreenLine, 365 screenline + r * cols, 366 (size_t)cols * sizeof(schar_T)); 367 mch_memmove(ScreenAttrs + off, 368 screenattr + r * cols, 369 (size_t)cols * sizeof(sattr_T)); 370 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 371 if (enc_utf8) 372 { 373 mch_memmove(ScreenLinesUC + off, 374 screenlineUC + r * cols, 375 (size_t)cols * sizeof(u8char_T)); 376 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) 377 mch_memmove(ScreenLinesC[i] + off, 378 screenlineC[i] + r * cols, 379 (size_t)cols * sizeof(u8char_T)); 380 } 381 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) 382 mch_memmove(ScreenLines2 + off, 383 screenline2 + r * cols, 384 (size_t)cols * sizeof(schar_T)); 385 #endif 386 SCREEN_LINE(cmdline_row + r, 0, cols, cols, FALSE); 387 } 388 ret = 4; 389 } 390 } 391 392 vim_free(screenline); 393 vim_free(screenattr); 394 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 395 if (enc_utf8) 396 { 397 vim_free(screenlineUC); 398 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) 399 vim_free(screenlineC[i]); 400 } 401 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) 402 vim_free(screenline2); 403 #endif 404 405 /* Show the intro message when appropriate. */ 406 maybe_intro_message(); 407 408 setcursor(); 409 410 return ret; 411 } 412 413 /* 414 * Invoked after an asynchronous callback is called. 415 * If an echo command was used the cursor needs to be put back where 416 * it belongs. If highlighting was changed a redraw is needed. 417 */ 418 void 419 redraw_after_callback() 420 { 421 if (State == HITRETURN || State == ASKMORE) 422 ; /* do nothing */ 423 else if (State & CMDLINE) 424 redrawcmdline(); 425 else if ((State & NORMAL) || (State & INSERT)) 426 { 427 update_screen(0); 428 setcursor(); 429 } 430 cursor_on(); 431 out_flush(); 432 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 433 if (gui.in_use) 434 { 435 gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE); 436 gui_mch_flush(); 437 } 438 #endif 439 } 440 441 /* 442 * Changed something in the current window, at buffer line "lnum", that 443 * requires that line and possibly other lines to be redrawn. 444 * Used when entering/leaving Insert mode with the cursor on a folded line. 445 * Used to remove the "$" from a change command. 446 * Note that when also inserting/deleting lines w_redraw_top and w_redraw_bot 447 * may become invalid and the whole window will have to be redrawn. 448 */ 449 void 450 redrawWinline( 451 linenr_T lnum, 452 int invalid UNUSED) /* window line height is invalid now */ 453 { 454 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 455 int i; 456 #endif 457 458 if (curwin->w_redraw_top == 0 || curwin->w_redraw_top > lnum) 459 curwin->w_redraw_top = lnum; 460 if (curwin->w_redraw_bot == 0 || curwin->w_redraw_bot < lnum) 461 curwin->w_redraw_bot = lnum; 462 redraw_later(VALID); 463 464 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 465 if (invalid) 466 { 467 /* A w_lines[] entry for this lnum has become invalid. */ 468 i = find_wl_entry(curwin, lnum); 469 if (i >= 0) 470 curwin->w_lines[i].wl_valid = FALSE; 471 } 472 #endif 473 } 474 475 /* 476 * update all windows that are editing the current buffer 477 */ 478 void 479 update_curbuf(int type) 480 { 481 redraw_curbuf_later(type); 482 update_screen(type); 483 } 484 485 /* 486 * update_screen() 487 * 488 * Based on the current value of curwin->w_topline, transfer a screenfull 489 * of stuff from Filemem to ScreenLines[], and update curwin->w_botline. 490 */ 491 void 492 update_screen(int type) 493 { 494 win_T *wp; 495 static int did_intro = FALSE; 496 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) || defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) 497 int did_one; 498 #endif 499 500 /* Don't do anything if the screen structures are (not yet) valid. */ 501 if (!screen_valid(TRUE)) 502 return; 503 504 if (must_redraw) 505 { 506 if (type < must_redraw) /* use maximal type */ 507 type = must_redraw; 508 509 /* must_redraw is reset here, so that when we run into some weird 510 * reason to redraw while busy redrawing (e.g., asynchronous 511 * scrolling), or update_topline() in win_update() will cause a 512 * scroll, the screen will be redrawn later or in win_update(). */ 513 must_redraw = 0; 514 } 515 516 /* Need to update w_lines[]. */ 517 if (curwin->w_lines_valid == 0 && type < NOT_VALID) 518 type = NOT_VALID; 519 520 /* Postpone the redrawing when it's not needed and when being called 521 * recursively. */ 522 if (!redrawing() || updating_screen) 523 { 524 redraw_later(type); /* remember type for next time */ 525 must_redraw = type; 526 if (type > INVERTED_ALL) 527 curwin->w_lines_valid = 0; /* don't use w_lines[].wl_size now */ 528 return; 529 } 530 531 updating_screen = TRUE; 532 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 533 ++display_tick; /* let syntax code know we're in a next round of 534 * display updating */ 535 #endif 536 537 /* 538 * if the screen was scrolled up when displaying a message, scroll it down 539 */ 540 if (msg_scrolled) 541 { 542 clear_cmdline = TRUE; 543 if (msg_scrolled > Rows - 5) /* clearing is faster */ 544 type = CLEAR; 545 else if (type != CLEAR) 546 { 547 check_for_delay(FALSE); 548 if (screen_ins_lines(0, 0, msg_scrolled, (int)Rows, NULL) == FAIL) 549 type = CLEAR; 550 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) 551 { 552 if (W_WINROW(wp) < msg_scrolled) 553 { 554 if (W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height > msg_scrolled 555 && wp->w_redr_type < REDRAW_TOP 556 && wp->w_lines_valid > 0 557 && wp->w_topline == wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum) 558 { 559 wp->w_upd_rows = msg_scrolled - W_WINROW(wp); 560 wp->w_redr_type = REDRAW_TOP; 561 } 562 else 563 { 564 wp->w_redr_type = NOT_VALID; 565 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 566 if (W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height + W_STATUS_HEIGHT(wp) 567 <= msg_scrolled) 568 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; 569 #endif 570 } 571 } 572 } 573 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; 574 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 575 redraw_tabline = TRUE; 576 #endif 577 } 578 msg_scrolled = 0; 579 need_wait_return = FALSE; 580 } 581 582 /* reset cmdline_row now (may have been changed temporarily) */ 583 compute_cmdrow(); 584 585 /* Check for changed highlighting */ 586 if (need_highlight_changed) 587 highlight_changed(); 588 589 if (type == CLEAR) /* first clear screen */ 590 { 591 screenclear(); /* will reset clear_cmdline */ 592 type = NOT_VALID; 593 } 594 595 if (clear_cmdline) /* going to clear cmdline (done below) */ 596 check_for_delay(FALSE); 597 598 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 599 /* Force redraw when width of 'number' or 'relativenumber' column 600 * changes. */ 601 if (curwin->w_redr_type < NOT_VALID 602 && curwin->w_nrwidth != ((curwin->w_p_nu || curwin->w_p_rnu) 603 ? number_width(curwin) : 0)) 604 curwin->w_redr_type = NOT_VALID; 605 #endif 606 607 /* 608 * Only start redrawing if there is really something to do. 609 */ 610 if (type == INVERTED) 611 update_curswant(); 612 if (curwin->w_redr_type < type 613 && !((type == VALID 614 && curwin->w_lines[0].wl_valid 615 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 616 && curwin->w_topfill == curwin->w_old_topfill 617 && curwin->w_botfill == curwin->w_old_botfill 618 #endif 619 && curwin->w_topline == curwin->w_lines[0].wl_lnum) 620 || (type == INVERTED 621 && VIsual_active 622 && curwin->w_old_cursor_lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum 623 && curwin->w_old_visual_mode == VIsual_mode 624 && (curwin->w_valid & VALID_VIRTCOL) 625 && curwin->w_old_curswant == curwin->w_curswant) 626 )) 627 curwin->w_redr_type = type; 628 629 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 630 /* Redraw the tab pages line if needed. */ 631 if (redraw_tabline || type >= NOT_VALID) 632 draw_tabline(); 633 #endif 634 635 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 636 /* 637 * Correct stored syntax highlighting info for changes in each displayed 638 * buffer. Each buffer must only be done once. 639 */ 640 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) 641 { 642 if (wp->w_buffer->b_mod_set) 643 { 644 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 645 win_T *wwp; 646 647 /* Check if we already did this buffer. */ 648 for (wwp = firstwin; wwp != wp; wwp = wwp->w_next) 649 if (wwp->w_buffer == wp->w_buffer) 650 break; 651 # endif 652 if ( 653 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 654 wwp == wp && 655 # endif 656 syntax_present(wp)) 657 syn_stack_apply_changes(wp->w_buffer); 658 } 659 } 660 #endif 661 662 /* 663 * Go from top to bottom through the windows, redrawing the ones that need 664 * it. 665 */ 666 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) || defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) 667 did_one = FALSE; 668 #endif 669 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 670 search_hl.rm.regprog = NULL; 671 #endif 672 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) 673 { 674 if (wp->w_redr_type != 0) 675 { 676 cursor_off(); 677 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) || defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) 678 if (!did_one) 679 { 680 did_one = TRUE; 681 # ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 682 start_search_hl(); 683 # endif 684 # ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD 685 /* When Visual area changed, may have to update selection. */ 686 if (clip_star.available && clip_isautosel_star()) 687 clip_update_selection(&clip_star); 688 if (clip_plus.available && clip_isautosel_plus()) 689 clip_update_selection(&clip_plus); 690 # endif 691 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 692 /* Remove the cursor before starting to do anything, because 693 * scrolling may make it difficult to redraw the text under 694 * it. */ 695 if (gui.in_use) 696 gui_undraw_cursor(); 697 #endif 698 } 699 #endif 700 win_update(wp); 701 } 702 703 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 704 /* redraw status line after the window to minimize cursor movement */ 705 if (wp->w_redr_status) 706 { 707 cursor_off(); 708 win_redr_status(wp); 709 } 710 #endif 711 } 712 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) 713 end_search_hl(); 714 #endif 715 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 716 /* May need to redraw the popup menu. */ 717 if (pum_visible()) 718 pum_redraw(); 719 #endif 720 721 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 722 /* Reset b_mod_set flags. Going through all windows is probably faster 723 * than going through all buffers (there could be many buffers). */ 724 for (wp = firstwin; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next) 725 wp->w_buffer->b_mod_set = FALSE; 726 #else 727 curbuf->b_mod_set = FALSE; 728 #endif 729 730 updating_screen = FALSE; 731 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 732 gui_may_resize_shell(); 733 #endif 734 735 /* Clear or redraw the command line. Done last, because scrolling may 736 * mess up the command line. */ 737 if (clear_cmdline || redraw_cmdline) 738 showmode(); 739 740 /* May put up an introductory message when not editing a file */ 741 if (!did_intro) 742 maybe_intro_message(); 743 did_intro = TRUE; 744 745 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 746 /* Redraw the cursor and update the scrollbars when all screen updating is 747 * done. */ 748 if (gui.in_use) 749 { 750 out_flush(); /* required before updating the cursor */ 751 if (did_one) 752 gui_update_cursor(FALSE, FALSE); 753 gui_update_scrollbars(FALSE); 754 } 755 #endif 756 } 757 758 #if defined(FEAT_CONCEAL) || defined(PROTO) 759 /* 760 * Return TRUE if the cursor line in window "wp" may be concealed, according 761 * to the 'concealcursor' option. 762 */ 763 int 764 conceal_cursor_line(win_T *wp) 765 { 766 int c; 767 768 if (*wp->w_p_cocu == NUL) 769 return FALSE; 770 if (get_real_state() & VISUAL) 771 c = 'v'; 772 else if (State & INSERT) 773 c = 'i'; 774 else if (State & NORMAL) 775 c = 'n'; 776 else if (State & CMDLINE) 777 c = 'c'; 778 else 779 return FALSE; 780 return vim_strchr(wp->w_p_cocu, c) != NULL; 781 } 782 783 /* 784 * Check if the cursor line needs to be redrawn because of 'concealcursor'. 785 */ 786 void 787 conceal_check_cursur_line(void) 788 { 789 if (curwin->w_p_cole > 0 && conceal_cursor_line(curwin)) 790 { 791 need_cursor_line_redraw = TRUE; 792 /* Need to recompute cursor column, e.g., when starting Visual mode 793 * without concealing. */ 794 curs_columns(TRUE); 795 } 796 } 797 798 void 799 update_single_line(win_T *wp, linenr_T lnum) 800 { 801 int row; 802 int j; 803 804 if (lnum >= wp->w_topline && lnum < wp->w_botline 805 && foldedCount(wp, lnum, &win_foldinfo) == 0) 806 { 807 # ifdef FEAT_GUI 808 /* Remove the cursor before starting to do anything, because scrolling 809 * may make it difficult to redraw the text under it. */ 810 if (gui.in_use) 811 gui_undraw_cursor(); 812 # endif 813 row = 0; 814 for (j = 0; j < wp->w_lines_valid; ++j) 815 { 816 if (lnum == wp->w_lines[j].wl_lnum) 817 { 818 screen_start(); /* not sure of screen cursor */ 819 # ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 820 init_search_hl(wp); 821 start_search_hl(); 822 prepare_search_hl(wp, lnum); 823 # endif 824 win_line(wp, lnum, row, row + wp->w_lines[j].wl_size, FALSE); 825 # if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) 826 end_search_hl(); 827 # endif 828 break; 829 } 830 row += wp->w_lines[j].wl_size; 831 } 832 # ifdef FEAT_GUI 833 /* Redraw the cursor */ 834 if (gui.in_use) 835 { 836 out_flush(); /* required before updating the cursor */ 837 gui_update_cursor(FALSE, FALSE); 838 } 839 # endif 840 } 841 need_cursor_line_redraw = FALSE; 842 } 843 #endif 844 845 #if defined(FEAT_SIGNS) || defined(FEAT_GUI) 846 static void update_prepare(void); 847 static void update_finish(void); 848 849 /* 850 * Prepare for updating one or more windows. 851 * Caller must check for "updating_screen" already set to avoid recursiveness. 852 */ 853 static void 854 update_prepare(void) 855 { 856 cursor_off(); 857 updating_screen = TRUE; 858 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 859 /* Remove the cursor before starting to do anything, because scrolling may 860 * make it difficult to redraw the text under it. */ 861 if (gui.in_use) 862 gui_undraw_cursor(); 863 #endif 864 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 865 start_search_hl(); 866 #endif 867 } 868 869 /* 870 * Finish updating one or more windows. 871 */ 872 static void 873 update_finish(void) 874 { 875 if (redraw_cmdline) 876 showmode(); 877 878 # ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 879 end_search_hl(); 880 # endif 881 882 updating_screen = FALSE; 883 884 # ifdef FEAT_GUI 885 gui_may_resize_shell(); 886 887 /* Redraw the cursor and update the scrollbars when all screen updating is 888 * done. */ 889 if (gui.in_use) 890 { 891 out_flush(); /* required before updating the cursor */ 892 gui_update_cursor(FALSE, FALSE); 893 gui_update_scrollbars(FALSE); 894 } 895 # endif 896 } 897 #endif 898 899 #if defined(FEAT_SIGNS) || defined(PROTO) 900 void 901 update_debug_sign(buf_T *buf, linenr_T lnum) 902 { 903 win_T *wp; 904 int doit = FALSE; 905 906 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 907 win_foldinfo.fi_level = 0; 908 # endif 909 910 /* update/delete a specific mark */ 911 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) 912 { 913 if (buf != NULL && lnum > 0) 914 { 915 if (wp->w_buffer == buf && lnum >= wp->w_topline 916 && lnum < wp->w_botline) 917 { 918 if (wp->w_redraw_top == 0 || wp->w_redraw_top > lnum) 919 wp->w_redraw_top = lnum; 920 if (wp->w_redraw_bot == 0 || wp->w_redraw_bot < lnum) 921 wp->w_redraw_bot = lnum; 922 redraw_win_later(wp, VALID); 923 } 924 } 925 else 926 redraw_win_later(wp, VALID); 927 if (wp->w_redr_type != 0) 928 doit = TRUE; 929 } 930 931 /* Return when there is nothing to do, screen updating is already 932 * happening (recursive call) or still starting up. */ 933 if (!doit || updating_screen 934 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 935 || gui.starting 936 #endif 937 || starting) 938 return; 939 940 /* update all windows that need updating */ 941 update_prepare(); 942 943 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 944 for (wp = firstwin; wp; wp = wp->w_next) 945 { 946 if (wp->w_redr_type != 0) 947 win_update(wp); 948 if (wp->w_redr_status) 949 win_redr_status(wp); 950 } 951 # else 952 if (curwin->w_redr_type != 0) 953 win_update(curwin); 954 # endif 955 956 update_finish(); 957 } 958 #endif 959 960 961 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(PROTO) 962 /* 963 * Update a single window, its status line and maybe the command line msg. 964 * Used for the GUI scrollbar. 965 */ 966 void 967 updateWindow(win_T *wp) 968 { 969 /* return if already busy updating */ 970 if (updating_screen) 971 return; 972 973 update_prepare(); 974 975 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD 976 /* When Visual area changed, may have to update selection. */ 977 if (clip_star.available && clip_isautosel_star()) 978 clip_update_selection(&clip_star); 979 if (clip_plus.available && clip_isautosel_plus()) 980 clip_update_selection(&clip_plus); 981 #endif 982 983 win_update(wp); 984 985 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 986 /* When the screen was cleared redraw the tab pages line. */ 987 if (redraw_tabline) 988 draw_tabline(); 989 990 if (wp->w_redr_status 991 # ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 992 || p_ru 993 # endif 994 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT 995 || *p_stl != NUL || *wp->w_p_stl != NUL 996 # endif 997 ) 998 win_redr_status(wp); 999 #endif 1000 1001 update_finish(); 1002 } 1003 #endif 1004 1005 /* 1006 * Update a single window. 1007 * 1008 * This may cause the windows below it also to be redrawn (when clearing the 1009 * screen or scrolling lines). 1010 * 1011 * How the window is redrawn depends on wp->w_redr_type. Each type also 1012 * implies the one below it. 1013 * NOT_VALID redraw the whole window 1014 * SOME_VALID redraw the whole window but do scroll when possible 1015 * REDRAW_TOP redraw the top w_upd_rows window lines, otherwise like VALID 1016 * INVERTED redraw the changed part of the Visual area 1017 * INVERTED_ALL redraw the whole Visual area 1018 * VALID 1. scroll up/down to adjust for a changed w_topline 1019 * 2. update lines at the top when scrolled down 1020 * 3. redraw changed text: 1021 * - if wp->w_buffer->b_mod_set set, update lines between 1022 * b_mod_top and b_mod_bot. 1023 * - if wp->w_redraw_top non-zero, redraw lines between 1024 * wp->w_redraw_top and wp->w_redr_bot. 1025 * - continue redrawing when syntax status is invalid. 1026 * 4. if scrolled up, update lines at the bottom. 1027 * This results in three areas that may need updating: 1028 * top: from first row to top_end (when scrolled down) 1029 * mid: from mid_start to mid_end (update inversion or changed text) 1030 * bot: from bot_start to last row (when scrolled up) 1031 */ 1032 static void 1033 win_update(win_T *wp) 1034 { 1035 buf_T *buf = wp->w_buffer; 1036 int type; 1037 int top_end = 0; /* Below last row of the top area that needs 1038 updating. 0 when no top area updating. */ 1039 int mid_start = 999;/* first row of the mid area that needs 1040 updating. 999 when no mid area updating. */ 1041 int mid_end = 0; /* Below last row of the mid area that needs 1042 updating. 0 when no mid area updating. */ 1043 int bot_start = 999;/* first row of the bot area that needs 1044 updating. 999 when no bot area updating */ 1045 int scrolled_down = FALSE; /* TRUE when scrolled down when 1046 w_topline got smaller a bit */ 1047 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 1048 matchitem_T *cur; /* points to the match list */ 1049 int top_to_mod = FALSE; /* redraw above mod_top */ 1050 #endif 1051 1052 int row; /* current window row to display */ 1053 linenr_T lnum; /* current buffer lnum to display */ 1054 int idx; /* current index in w_lines[] */ 1055 int srow; /* starting row of the current line */ 1056 1057 int eof = FALSE; /* if TRUE, we hit the end of the file */ 1058 int didline = FALSE; /* if TRUE, we finished the last line */ 1059 int i; 1060 long j; 1061 static int recursive = FALSE; /* being called recursively */ 1062 int old_botline = wp->w_botline; 1063 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 1064 long fold_count; 1065 #endif 1066 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 1067 /* remember what happened to the previous line, to know if 1068 * check_visual_highlight() can be used */ 1069 #define DID_NONE 1 /* didn't update a line */ 1070 #define DID_LINE 2 /* updated a normal line */ 1071 #define DID_FOLD 3 /* updated a folded line */ 1072 int did_update = DID_NONE; 1073 linenr_T syntax_last_parsed = 0; /* last parsed text line */ 1074 #endif 1075 linenr_T mod_top = 0; 1076 linenr_T mod_bot = 0; 1077 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) 1078 int save_got_int; 1079 #endif 1080 1081 type = wp->w_redr_type; 1082 1083 if (type == NOT_VALID) 1084 { 1085 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 1086 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; 1087 #endif 1088 wp->w_lines_valid = 0; 1089 } 1090 1091 /* Window is zero-height: nothing to draw. */ 1092 if (wp->w_height == 0) 1093 { 1094 wp->w_redr_type = 0; 1095 return; 1096 } 1097 1098 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 1099 /* Window is zero-width: Only need to draw the separator. */ 1100 if (wp->w_width == 0) 1101 { 1102 /* draw the vertical separator right of this window */ 1103 draw_vsep_win(wp, 0); 1104 wp->w_redr_type = 0; 1105 return; 1106 } 1107 #endif 1108 1109 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 1110 init_search_hl(wp); 1111 #endif 1112 1113 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 1114 /* Force redraw when width of 'number' or 'relativenumber' column 1115 * changes. */ 1116 i = (wp->w_p_nu || wp->w_p_rnu) ? number_width(wp) : 0; 1117 if (wp->w_nrwidth != i) 1118 { 1119 type = NOT_VALID; 1120 wp->w_nrwidth = i; 1121 } 1122 else 1123 #endif 1124 1125 if (buf->b_mod_set && buf->b_mod_xlines != 0 && wp->w_redraw_top != 0) 1126 { 1127 /* 1128 * When there are both inserted/deleted lines and specific lines to be 1129 * redrawn, w_redraw_top and w_redraw_bot may be invalid, just redraw 1130 * everything (only happens when redrawing is off for while). 1131 */ 1132 type = NOT_VALID; 1133 } 1134 else 1135 { 1136 /* 1137 * Set mod_top to the first line that needs displaying because of 1138 * changes. Set mod_bot to the first line after the changes. 1139 */ 1140 mod_top = wp->w_redraw_top; 1141 if (wp->w_redraw_bot != 0) 1142 mod_bot = wp->w_redraw_bot + 1; 1143 else 1144 mod_bot = 0; 1145 wp->w_redraw_top = 0; /* reset for next time */ 1146 wp->w_redraw_bot = 0; 1147 if (buf->b_mod_set) 1148 { 1149 if (mod_top == 0 || mod_top > buf->b_mod_top) 1150 { 1151 mod_top = buf->b_mod_top; 1152 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 1153 /* Need to redraw lines above the change that may be included 1154 * in a pattern match. */ 1155 if (syntax_present(wp)) 1156 { 1157 mod_top -= buf->b_s.b_syn_sync_linebreaks; 1158 if (mod_top < 1) 1159 mod_top = 1; 1160 } 1161 #endif 1162 } 1163 if (mod_bot == 0 || mod_bot < buf->b_mod_bot) 1164 mod_bot = buf->b_mod_bot; 1165 1166 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 1167 /* When 'hlsearch' is on and using a multi-line search pattern, a 1168 * change in one line may make the Search highlighting in a 1169 * previous line invalid. Simple solution: redraw all visible 1170 * lines above the change. 1171 * Same for a match pattern. 1172 */ 1173 if (search_hl.rm.regprog != NULL 1174 && re_multiline(search_hl.rm.regprog)) 1175 top_to_mod = TRUE; 1176 else 1177 { 1178 cur = wp->w_match_head; 1179 while (cur != NULL) 1180 { 1181 if (cur->match.regprog != NULL 1182 && re_multiline(cur->match.regprog)) 1183 { 1184 top_to_mod = TRUE; 1185 break; 1186 } 1187 cur = cur->next; 1188 } 1189 } 1190 #endif 1191 } 1192 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 1193 if (mod_top != 0 && hasAnyFolding(wp)) 1194 { 1195 linenr_T lnumt, lnumb; 1196 1197 /* 1198 * A change in a line can cause lines above it to become folded or 1199 * unfolded. Find the top most buffer line that may be affected. 1200 * If the line was previously folded and displayed, get the first 1201 * line of that fold. If the line is folded now, get the first 1202 * folded line. Use the minimum of these two. 1203 */ 1204 1205 /* Find last valid w_lines[] entry above mod_top. Set lnumt to 1206 * the line below it. If there is no valid entry, use w_topline. 1207 * Find the first valid w_lines[] entry below mod_bot. Set lnumb 1208 * to this line. If there is no valid entry, use MAXLNUM. */ 1209 lnumt = wp->w_topline; 1210 lnumb = MAXLNUM; 1211 for (i = 0; i < wp->w_lines_valid; ++i) 1212 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid) 1213 { 1214 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum < mod_top) 1215 lnumt = wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum + 1; 1216 if (lnumb == MAXLNUM && wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum >= mod_bot) 1217 { 1218 lnumb = wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum; 1219 /* When there is a fold column it might need updating 1220 * in the next line ("J" just above an open fold). */ 1221 if (compute_foldcolumn(wp, 0) > 0) 1222 ++lnumb; 1223 } 1224 } 1225 1226 (void)hasFoldingWin(wp, mod_top, &mod_top, NULL, TRUE, NULL); 1227 if (mod_top > lnumt) 1228 mod_top = lnumt; 1229 1230 /* Now do the same for the bottom line (one above mod_bot). */ 1231 --mod_bot; 1232 (void)hasFoldingWin(wp, mod_bot, NULL, &mod_bot, TRUE, NULL); 1233 ++mod_bot; 1234 if (mod_bot < lnumb) 1235 mod_bot = lnumb; 1236 } 1237 #endif 1238 1239 /* When a change starts above w_topline and the end is below 1240 * w_topline, start redrawing at w_topline. 1241 * If the end of the change is above w_topline: do like no change was 1242 * made, but redraw the first line to find changes in syntax. */ 1243 if (mod_top != 0 && mod_top < wp->w_topline) 1244 { 1245 if (mod_bot > wp->w_topline) 1246 mod_top = wp->w_topline; 1247 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 1248 else if (syntax_present(wp)) 1249 top_end = 1; 1250 #endif 1251 } 1252 1253 /* When line numbers are displayed need to redraw all lines below 1254 * inserted/deleted lines. */ 1255 if (mod_top != 0 && buf->b_mod_xlines != 0 && wp->w_p_nu) 1256 mod_bot = MAXLNUM; 1257 } 1258 1259 /* 1260 * When only displaying the lines at the top, set top_end. Used when 1261 * window has scrolled down for msg_scrolled. 1262 */ 1263 if (type == REDRAW_TOP) 1264 { 1265 j = 0; 1266 for (i = 0; i < wp->w_lines_valid; ++i) 1267 { 1268 j += wp->w_lines[i].wl_size; 1269 if (j >= wp->w_upd_rows) 1270 { 1271 top_end = j; 1272 break; 1273 } 1274 } 1275 if (top_end == 0) 1276 /* not found (cannot happen?): redraw everything */ 1277 type = NOT_VALID; 1278 else 1279 /* top area defined, the rest is VALID */ 1280 type = VALID; 1281 } 1282 1283 /* Trick: we want to avoid clearing the screen twice. screenclear() will 1284 * set "screen_cleared" to TRUE. The special value MAYBE (which is still 1285 * non-zero and thus not FALSE) will indicate that screenclear() was not 1286 * called. */ 1287 if (screen_cleared) 1288 screen_cleared = MAYBE; 1289 1290 /* 1291 * If there are no changes on the screen that require a complete redraw, 1292 * handle three cases: 1293 * 1: we are off the top of the screen by a few lines: scroll down 1294 * 2: wp->w_topline is below wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum: may scroll up 1295 * 3: wp->w_topline is wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum: find first entry in 1296 * w_lines[] that needs updating. 1297 */ 1298 if ((type == VALID || type == SOME_VALID 1299 || type == INVERTED || type == INVERTED_ALL) 1300 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 1301 && !wp->w_botfill && !wp->w_old_botfill 1302 #endif 1303 ) 1304 { 1305 if (mod_top != 0 && wp->w_topline == mod_top) 1306 { 1307 /* 1308 * w_topline is the first changed line, the scrolling will be done 1309 * further down. 1310 */ 1311 } 1312 else if (wp->w_lines[0].wl_valid 1313 && (wp->w_topline < wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum 1314 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 1315 || (wp->w_topline == wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum 1316 && wp->w_topfill > wp->w_old_topfill) 1317 #endif 1318 )) 1319 { 1320 /* 1321 * New topline is above old topline: May scroll down. 1322 */ 1323 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 1324 if (hasAnyFolding(wp)) 1325 { 1326 linenr_T ln; 1327 1328 /* count the number of lines we are off, counting a sequence 1329 * of folded lines as one */ 1330 j = 0; 1331 for (ln = wp->w_topline; ln < wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum; ++ln) 1332 { 1333 ++j; 1334 if (j >= wp->w_height - 2) 1335 break; 1336 (void)hasFoldingWin(wp, ln, NULL, &ln, TRUE, NULL); 1337 } 1338 } 1339 else 1340 #endif 1341 j = wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum - wp->w_topline; 1342 if (j < wp->w_height - 2) /* not too far off */ 1343 { 1344 i = plines_m_win(wp, wp->w_topline, wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum - 1); 1345 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 1346 /* insert extra lines for previously invisible filler lines */ 1347 if (wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum != wp->w_topline) 1348 i += diff_check_fill(wp, wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum) 1349 - wp->w_old_topfill; 1350 #endif 1351 if (i < wp->w_height - 2) /* less than a screen off */ 1352 { 1353 /* 1354 * Try to insert the correct number of lines. 1355 * If not the last window, delete the lines at the bottom. 1356 * win_ins_lines may fail when the terminal can't do it. 1357 */ 1358 if (i > 0) 1359 check_for_delay(FALSE); 1360 if (win_ins_lines(wp, 0, i, FALSE, wp == firstwin) == OK) 1361 { 1362 if (wp->w_lines_valid != 0) 1363 { 1364 /* Need to update rows that are new, stop at the 1365 * first one that scrolled down. */ 1366 top_end = i; 1367 scrolled_down = TRUE; 1368 1369 /* Move the entries that were scrolled, disable 1370 * the entries for the lines to be redrawn. */ 1371 if ((wp->w_lines_valid += j) > wp->w_height) 1372 wp->w_lines_valid = wp->w_height; 1373 for (idx = wp->w_lines_valid; idx - j >= 0; idx--) 1374 wp->w_lines[idx] = wp->w_lines[idx - j]; 1375 while (idx >= 0) 1376 wp->w_lines[idx--].wl_valid = FALSE; 1377 } 1378 } 1379 else 1380 mid_start = 0; /* redraw all lines */ 1381 } 1382 else 1383 mid_start = 0; /* redraw all lines */ 1384 } 1385 else 1386 mid_start = 0; /* redraw all lines */ 1387 } 1388 else 1389 { 1390 /* 1391 * New topline is at or below old topline: May scroll up. 1392 * When topline didn't change, find first entry in w_lines[] that 1393 * needs updating. 1394 */ 1395 1396 /* try to find wp->w_topline in wp->w_lines[].wl_lnum */ 1397 j = -1; 1398 row = 0; 1399 for (i = 0; i < wp->w_lines_valid; i++) 1400 { 1401 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid 1402 && wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum == wp->w_topline) 1403 { 1404 j = i; 1405 break; 1406 } 1407 row += wp->w_lines[i].wl_size; 1408 } 1409 if (j == -1) 1410 { 1411 /* if wp->w_topline is not in wp->w_lines[].wl_lnum redraw all 1412 * lines */ 1413 mid_start = 0; 1414 } 1415 else 1416 { 1417 /* 1418 * Try to delete the correct number of lines. 1419 * wp->w_topline is at wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum. 1420 */ 1421 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 1422 /* If the topline didn't change, delete old filler lines, 1423 * otherwise delete filler lines of the new topline... */ 1424 if (wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum == wp->w_topline) 1425 row += wp->w_old_topfill; 1426 else 1427 row += diff_check_fill(wp, wp->w_topline); 1428 /* ... but don't delete new filler lines. */ 1429 row -= wp->w_topfill; 1430 #endif 1431 if (row > 0) 1432 { 1433 check_for_delay(FALSE); 1434 if (win_del_lines(wp, 0, row, FALSE, wp == firstwin) == OK) 1435 bot_start = wp->w_height - row; 1436 else 1437 mid_start = 0; /* redraw all lines */ 1438 } 1439 if ((row == 0 || bot_start < 999) && wp->w_lines_valid != 0) 1440 { 1441 /* 1442 * Skip the lines (below the deleted lines) that are still 1443 * valid and don't need redrawing. Copy their info 1444 * upwards, to compensate for the deleted lines. Set 1445 * bot_start to the first row that needs redrawing. 1446 */ 1447 bot_start = 0; 1448 idx = 0; 1449 for (;;) 1450 { 1451 wp->w_lines[idx] = wp->w_lines[j]; 1452 /* stop at line that didn't fit, unless it is still 1453 * valid (no lines deleted) */ 1454 if (row > 0 && bot_start + row 1455 + (int)wp->w_lines[j].wl_size > wp->w_height) 1456 { 1457 wp->w_lines_valid = idx + 1; 1458 break; 1459 } 1460 bot_start += wp->w_lines[idx++].wl_size; 1461 1462 /* stop at the last valid entry in w_lines[].wl_size */ 1463 if (++j >= wp->w_lines_valid) 1464 { 1465 wp->w_lines_valid = idx; 1466 break; 1467 } 1468 } 1469 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 1470 /* Correct the first entry for filler lines at the top 1471 * when it won't get updated below. */ 1472 if (wp->w_p_diff && bot_start > 0) 1473 wp->w_lines[0].wl_size = 1474 plines_win_nofill(wp, wp->w_topline, TRUE) 1475 + wp->w_topfill; 1476 #endif 1477 } 1478 } 1479 } 1480 1481 /* When starting redraw in the first line, redraw all lines. When 1482 * there is only one window it's probably faster to clear the screen 1483 * first. */ 1484 if (mid_start == 0) 1485 { 1486 mid_end = wp->w_height; 1487 if (lastwin == firstwin) 1488 { 1489 /* Clear the screen when it was not done by win_del_lines() or 1490 * win_ins_lines() above, "screen_cleared" is FALSE or MAYBE 1491 * then. */ 1492 if (screen_cleared != TRUE) 1493 screenclear(); 1494 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 1495 /* The screen was cleared, redraw the tab pages line. */ 1496 if (redraw_tabline) 1497 draw_tabline(); 1498 #endif 1499 } 1500 } 1501 1502 /* When win_del_lines() or win_ins_lines() caused the screen to be 1503 * cleared (only happens for the first window) or when screenclear() 1504 * was called directly above, "must_redraw" will have been set to 1505 * NOT_VALID, need to reset it here to avoid redrawing twice. */ 1506 if (screen_cleared == TRUE) 1507 must_redraw = 0; 1508 } 1509 else 1510 { 1511 /* Not VALID or INVERTED: redraw all lines. */ 1512 mid_start = 0; 1513 mid_end = wp->w_height; 1514 } 1515 1516 if (type == SOME_VALID) 1517 { 1518 /* SOME_VALID: redraw all lines. */ 1519 mid_start = 0; 1520 mid_end = wp->w_height; 1521 type = NOT_VALID; 1522 } 1523 1524 /* check if we are updating or removing the inverted part */ 1525 if ((VIsual_active && buf == curwin->w_buffer) 1526 || (wp->w_old_cursor_lnum != 0 && type != NOT_VALID)) 1527 { 1528 linenr_T from, to; 1529 1530 if (VIsual_active) 1531 { 1532 if (VIsual_active 1533 && (VIsual_mode != wp->w_old_visual_mode 1534 || type == INVERTED_ALL)) 1535 { 1536 /* 1537 * If the type of Visual selection changed, redraw the whole 1538 * selection. Also when the ownership of the X selection is 1539 * gained or lost. 1540 */ 1541 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < VIsual.lnum) 1542 { 1543 from = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 1544 to = VIsual.lnum; 1545 } 1546 else 1547 { 1548 from = VIsual.lnum; 1549 to = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 1550 } 1551 /* redraw more when the cursor moved as well */ 1552 if (wp->w_old_cursor_lnum < from) 1553 from = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum; 1554 if (wp->w_old_cursor_lnum > to) 1555 to = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum; 1556 if (wp->w_old_visual_lnum < from) 1557 from = wp->w_old_visual_lnum; 1558 if (wp->w_old_visual_lnum > to) 1559 to = wp->w_old_visual_lnum; 1560 } 1561 else 1562 { 1563 /* 1564 * Find the line numbers that need to be updated: The lines 1565 * between the old cursor position and the current cursor 1566 * position. Also check if the Visual position changed. 1567 */ 1568 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < wp->w_old_cursor_lnum) 1569 { 1570 from = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 1571 to = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum; 1572 } 1573 else 1574 { 1575 from = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum; 1576 to = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 1577 if (from == 0) /* Visual mode just started */ 1578 from = to; 1579 } 1580 1581 if (VIsual.lnum != wp->w_old_visual_lnum 1582 || VIsual.col != wp->w_old_visual_col) 1583 { 1584 if (wp->w_old_visual_lnum < from 1585 && wp->w_old_visual_lnum != 0) 1586 from = wp->w_old_visual_lnum; 1587 if (wp->w_old_visual_lnum > to) 1588 to = wp->w_old_visual_lnum; 1589 if (VIsual.lnum < from) 1590 from = VIsual.lnum; 1591 if (VIsual.lnum > to) 1592 to = VIsual.lnum; 1593 } 1594 } 1595 1596 /* 1597 * If in block mode and changed column or curwin->w_curswant: 1598 * update all lines. 1599 * First compute the actual start and end column. 1600 */ 1601 if (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V) 1602 { 1603 colnr_T fromc, toc; 1604 #if defined(FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT) && defined(FEAT_LINEBREAK) 1605 int save_ve_flags = ve_flags; 1606 1607 if (curwin->w_p_lbr) 1608 ve_flags = VE_ALL; 1609 #endif 1610 getvcols(wp, &VIsual, &curwin->w_cursor, &fromc, &toc); 1611 #if defined(FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT) && defined(FEAT_LINEBREAK) 1612 ve_flags = save_ve_flags; 1613 #endif 1614 ++toc; 1615 if (curwin->w_curswant == MAXCOL) 1616 toc = MAXCOL; 1617 1618 if (fromc != wp->w_old_cursor_fcol 1619 || toc != wp->w_old_cursor_lcol) 1620 { 1621 if (from > VIsual.lnum) 1622 from = VIsual.lnum; 1623 if (to < VIsual.lnum) 1624 to = VIsual.lnum; 1625 } 1626 wp->w_old_cursor_fcol = fromc; 1627 wp->w_old_cursor_lcol = toc; 1628 } 1629 } 1630 else 1631 { 1632 /* Use the line numbers of the old Visual area. */ 1633 if (wp->w_old_cursor_lnum < wp->w_old_visual_lnum) 1634 { 1635 from = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum; 1636 to = wp->w_old_visual_lnum; 1637 } 1638 else 1639 { 1640 from = wp->w_old_visual_lnum; 1641 to = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum; 1642 } 1643 } 1644 1645 /* 1646 * There is no need to update lines above the top of the window. 1647 */ 1648 if (from < wp->w_topline) 1649 from = wp->w_topline; 1650 1651 /* 1652 * If we know the value of w_botline, use it to restrict the update to 1653 * the lines that are visible in the window. 1654 */ 1655 if (wp->w_valid & VALID_BOTLINE) 1656 { 1657 if (from >= wp->w_botline) 1658 from = wp->w_botline - 1; 1659 if (to >= wp->w_botline) 1660 to = wp->w_botline - 1; 1661 } 1662 1663 /* 1664 * Find the minimal part to be updated. 1665 * Watch out for scrolling that made entries in w_lines[] invalid. 1666 * E.g., CTRL-U makes the first half of w_lines[] invalid and sets 1667 * top_end; need to redraw from top_end to the "to" line. 1668 * A middle mouse click with a Visual selection may change the text 1669 * above the Visual area and reset wl_valid, do count these for 1670 * mid_end (in srow). 1671 */ 1672 if (mid_start > 0) 1673 { 1674 lnum = wp->w_topline; 1675 idx = 0; 1676 srow = 0; 1677 if (scrolled_down) 1678 mid_start = top_end; 1679 else 1680 mid_start = 0; 1681 while (lnum < from && idx < wp->w_lines_valid) /* find start */ 1682 { 1683 if (wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid) 1684 mid_start += wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size; 1685 else if (!scrolled_down) 1686 srow += wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size; 1687 ++idx; 1688 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 1689 if (idx < wp->w_lines_valid && wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid) 1690 lnum = wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lnum; 1691 else 1692 # endif 1693 ++lnum; 1694 } 1695 srow += mid_start; 1696 mid_end = wp->w_height; 1697 for ( ; idx < wp->w_lines_valid; ++idx) /* find end */ 1698 { 1699 if (wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid 1700 && wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lnum >= to + 1) 1701 { 1702 /* Only update until first row of this line */ 1703 mid_end = srow; 1704 break; 1705 } 1706 srow += wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size; 1707 } 1708 } 1709 } 1710 1711 if (VIsual_active && buf == curwin->w_buffer) 1712 { 1713 wp->w_old_visual_mode = VIsual_mode; 1714 wp->w_old_cursor_lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 1715 wp->w_old_visual_lnum = VIsual.lnum; 1716 wp->w_old_visual_col = VIsual.col; 1717 wp->w_old_curswant = curwin->w_curswant; 1718 } 1719 else 1720 { 1721 wp->w_old_visual_mode = 0; 1722 wp->w_old_cursor_lnum = 0; 1723 wp->w_old_visual_lnum = 0; 1724 wp->w_old_visual_col = 0; 1725 } 1726 1727 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) 1728 /* reset got_int, otherwise regexp won't work */ 1729 save_got_int = got_int; 1730 got_int = 0; 1731 #endif 1732 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 1733 win_foldinfo.fi_level = 0; 1734 #endif 1735 1736 /* 1737 * Update all the window rows. 1738 */ 1739 idx = 0; /* first entry in w_lines[].wl_size */ 1740 row = 0; 1741 srow = 0; 1742 lnum = wp->w_topline; /* first line shown in window */ 1743 for (;;) 1744 { 1745 /* stop updating when reached the end of the window (check for _past_ 1746 * the end of the window is at the end of the loop) */ 1747 if (row == wp->w_height) 1748 { 1749 didline = TRUE; 1750 break; 1751 } 1752 1753 /* stop updating when hit the end of the file */ 1754 if (lnum > buf->b_ml.ml_line_count) 1755 { 1756 eof = TRUE; 1757 break; 1758 } 1759 1760 /* Remember the starting row of the line that is going to be dealt 1761 * with. It is used further down when the line doesn't fit. */ 1762 srow = row; 1763 1764 /* 1765 * Update a line when it is in an area that needs updating, when it 1766 * has changes or w_lines[idx] is invalid. 1767 * bot_start may be halfway a wrapped line after using 1768 * win_del_lines(), check if the current line includes it. 1769 * When syntax folding is being used, the saved syntax states will 1770 * already have been updated, we can't see where the syntax state is 1771 * the same again, just update until the end of the window. 1772 */ 1773 if (row < top_end 1774 || (row >= mid_start && row < mid_end) 1775 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 1776 || top_to_mod 1777 #endif 1778 || idx >= wp->w_lines_valid 1779 || (row + wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size > bot_start) 1780 || (mod_top != 0 1781 && (lnum == mod_top 1782 || (lnum >= mod_top 1783 && (lnum < mod_bot 1784 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 1785 || did_update == DID_FOLD 1786 || (did_update == DID_LINE 1787 && syntax_present(wp) 1788 && ( 1789 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 1790 (foldmethodIsSyntax(wp) 1791 && hasAnyFolding(wp)) || 1792 # endif 1793 syntax_check_changed(lnum))) 1794 #endif 1795 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 1796 /* match in fixed position might need redraw 1797 * if lines were inserted or deleted */ 1798 || (wp->w_match_head != NULL 1799 && buf->b_mod_xlines != 0) 1800 #endif 1801 ))))) 1802 { 1803 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 1804 if (lnum == mod_top) 1805 top_to_mod = FALSE; 1806 #endif 1807 1808 /* 1809 * When at start of changed lines: May scroll following lines 1810 * up or down to minimize redrawing. 1811 * Don't do this when the change continues until the end. 1812 * Don't scroll when dollar_vcol >= 0, keep the "$". 1813 */ 1814 if (lnum == mod_top 1815 && mod_bot != MAXLNUM 1816 && !(dollar_vcol >= 0 && mod_bot == mod_top + 1)) 1817 { 1818 int old_rows = 0; 1819 int new_rows = 0; 1820 int xtra_rows; 1821 linenr_T l; 1822 1823 /* Count the old number of window rows, using w_lines[], which 1824 * should still contain the sizes for the lines as they are 1825 * currently displayed. */ 1826 for (i = idx; i < wp->w_lines_valid; ++i) 1827 { 1828 /* Only valid lines have a meaningful wl_lnum. Invalid 1829 * lines are part of the changed area. */ 1830 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid 1831 && wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum == mod_bot) 1832 break; 1833 old_rows += wp->w_lines[i].wl_size; 1834 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 1835 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid 1836 && wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum + 1 == mod_bot) 1837 { 1838 /* Must have found the last valid entry above mod_bot. 1839 * Add following invalid entries. */ 1840 ++i; 1841 while (i < wp->w_lines_valid 1842 && !wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid) 1843 old_rows += wp->w_lines[i++].wl_size; 1844 break; 1845 } 1846 #endif 1847 } 1848 1849 if (i >= wp->w_lines_valid) 1850 { 1851 /* We can't find a valid line below the changed lines, 1852 * need to redraw until the end of the window. 1853 * Inserting/deleting lines has no use. */ 1854 bot_start = 0; 1855 } 1856 else 1857 { 1858 /* Able to count old number of rows: Count new window 1859 * rows, and may insert/delete lines */ 1860 j = idx; 1861 for (l = lnum; l < mod_bot; ++l) 1862 { 1863 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 1864 if (hasFoldingWin(wp, l, NULL, &l, TRUE, NULL)) 1865 ++new_rows; 1866 else 1867 #endif 1868 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 1869 if (l == wp->w_topline) 1870 new_rows += plines_win_nofill(wp, l, TRUE) 1871 + wp->w_topfill; 1872 else 1873 #endif 1874 new_rows += plines_win(wp, l, TRUE); 1875 ++j; 1876 if (new_rows > wp->w_height - row - 2) 1877 { 1878 /* it's getting too much, must redraw the rest */ 1879 new_rows = 9999; 1880 break; 1881 } 1882 } 1883 xtra_rows = new_rows - old_rows; 1884 if (xtra_rows < 0) 1885 { 1886 /* May scroll text up. If there is not enough 1887 * remaining text or scrolling fails, must redraw the 1888 * rest. If scrolling works, must redraw the text 1889 * below the scrolled text. */ 1890 if (row - xtra_rows >= wp->w_height - 2) 1891 mod_bot = MAXLNUM; 1892 else 1893 { 1894 check_for_delay(FALSE); 1895 if (win_del_lines(wp, row, 1896 -xtra_rows, FALSE, FALSE) == FAIL) 1897 mod_bot = MAXLNUM; 1898 else 1899 bot_start = wp->w_height + xtra_rows; 1900 } 1901 } 1902 else if (xtra_rows > 0) 1903 { 1904 /* May scroll text down. If there is not enough 1905 * remaining text of scrolling fails, must redraw the 1906 * rest. */ 1907 if (row + xtra_rows >= wp->w_height - 2) 1908 mod_bot = MAXLNUM; 1909 else 1910 { 1911 check_for_delay(FALSE); 1912 if (win_ins_lines(wp, row + old_rows, 1913 xtra_rows, FALSE, FALSE) == FAIL) 1914 mod_bot = MAXLNUM; 1915 else if (top_end > row + old_rows) 1916 /* Scrolled the part at the top that requires 1917 * updating down. */ 1918 top_end += xtra_rows; 1919 } 1920 } 1921 1922 /* When not updating the rest, may need to move w_lines[] 1923 * entries. */ 1924 if (mod_bot != MAXLNUM && i != j) 1925 { 1926 if (j < i) 1927 { 1928 int x = row + new_rows; 1929 1930 /* move entries in w_lines[] upwards */ 1931 for (;;) 1932 { 1933 /* stop at last valid entry in w_lines[] */ 1934 if (i >= wp->w_lines_valid) 1935 { 1936 wp->w_lines_valid = j; 1937 break; 1938 } 1939 wp->w_lines[j] = wp->w_lines[i]; 1940 /* stop at a line that won't fit */ 1941 if (x + (int)wp->w_lines[j].wl_size 1942 > wp->w_height) 1943 { 1944 wp->w_lines_valid = j + 1; 1945 break; 1946 } 1947 x += wp->w_lines[j++].wl_size; 1948 ++i; 1949 } 1950 if (bot_start > x) 1951 bot_start = x; 1952 } 1953 else /* j > i */ 1954 { 1955 /* move entries in w_lines[] downwards */ 1956 j -= i; 1957 wp->w_lines_valid += j; 1958 if (wp->w_lines_valid > wp->w_height) 1959 wp->w_lines_valid = wp->w_height; 1960 for (i = wp->w_lines_valid; i - j >= idx; --i) 1961 wp->w_lines[i] = wp->w_lines[i - j]; 1962 1963 /* The w_lines[] entries for inserted lines are 1964 * now invalid, but wl_size may be used above. 1965 * Reset to zero. */ 1966 while (i >= idx) 1967 { 1968 wp->w_lines[i].wl_size = 0; 1969 wp->w_lines[i--].wl_valid = FALSE; 1970 } 1971 } 1972 } 1973 } 1974 } 1975 1976 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 1977 /* 1978 * When lines are folded, display one line for all of them. 1979 * Otherwise, display normally (can be several display lines when 1980 * 'wrap' is on). 1981 */ 1982 fold_count = foldedCount(wp, lnum, &win_foldinfo); 1983 if (fold_count != 0) 1984 { 1985 fold_line(wp, fold_count, &win_foldinfo, lnum, row); 1986 ++row; 1987 --fold_count; 1988 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_folded = TRUE; 1989 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lastlnum = lnum + fold_count; 1990 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 1991 did_update = DID_FOLD; 1992 # endif 1993 } 1994 else 1995 #endif 1996 if (idx < wp->w_lines_valid 1997 && wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid 1998 && wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lnum == lnum 1999 && lnum > wp->w_topline 2000 && !(dy_flags & DY_LASTLINE) 2001 && srow + wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size > wp->w_height 2002 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 2003 && diff_check_fill(wp, lnum) == 0 2004 #endif 2005 ) 2006 { 2007 /* This line is not going to fit. Don't draw anything here, 2008 * will draw "@ " lines below. */ 2009 row = wp->w_height + 1; 2010 } 2011 else 2012 { 2013 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 2014 prepare_search_hl(wp, lnum); 2015 #endif 2016 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 2017 /* Let the syntax stuff know we skipped a few lines. */ 2018 if (syntax_last_parsed != 0 && syntax_last_parsed + 1 < lnum 2019 && syntax_present(wp)) 2020 syntax_end_parsing(syntax_last_parsed + 1); 2021 #endif 2022 2023 /* 2024 * Display one line. 2025 */ 2026 row = win_line(wp, lnum, srow, wp->w_height, mod_top == 0); 2027 2028 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 2029 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_folded = FALSE; 2030 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lastlnum = lnum; 2031 #endif 2032 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 2033 did_update = DID_LINE; 2034 syntax_last_parsed = lnum; 2035 #endif 2036 } 2037 2038 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lnum = lnum; 2039 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid = TRUE; 2040 if (row > wp->w_height) /* past end of screen */ 2041 { 2042 /* we may need the size of that too long line later on */ 2043 if (dollar_vcol == -1) 2044 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size = plines_win(wp, lnum, TRUE); 2045 ++idx; 2046 break; 2047 } 2048 if (dollar_vcol == -1) 2049 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size = row - srow; 2050 ++idx; 2051 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 2052 lnum += fold_count + 1; 2053 #else 2054 ++lnum; 2055 #endif 2056 } 2057 else 2058 { 2059 /* This line does not need updating, advance to the next one */ 2060 row += wp->w_lines[idx++].wl_size; 2061 if (row > wp->w_height) /* past end of screen */ 2062 break; 2063 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 2064 lnum = wp->w_lines[idx - 1].wl_lastlnum + 1; 2065 #else 2066 ++lnum; 2067 #endif 2068 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 2069 did_update = DID_NONE; 2070 #endif 2071 } 2072 2073 if (lnum > buf->b_ml.ml_line_count) 2074 { 2075 eof = TRUE; 2076 break; 2077 } 2078 } 2079 /* 2080 * End of loop over all window lines. 2081 */ 2082 2083 2084 if (idx > wp->w_lines_valid) 2085 wp->w_lines_valid = idx; 2086 2087 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 2088 /* 2089 * Let the syntax stuff know we stop parsing here. 2090 */ 2091 if (syntax_last_parsed != 0 && syntax_present(wp)) 2092 syntax_end_parsing(syntax_last_parsed + 1); 2093 #endif 2094 2095 /* 2096 * If we didn't hit the end of the file, and we didn't finish the last 2097 * line we were working on, then the line didn't fit. 2098 */ 2099 wp->w_empty_rows = 0; 2100 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 2101 wp->w_filler_rows = 0; 2102 #endif 2103 if (!eof && !didline) 2104 { 2105 if (lnum == wp->w_topline) 2106 { 2107 /* 2108 * Single line that does not fit! 2109 * Don't overwrite it, it can be edited. 2110 */ 2111 wp->w_botline = lnum + 1; 2112 } 2113 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 2114 else if (diff_check_fill(wp, lnum) >= wp->w_height - srow) 2115 { 2116 /* Window ends in filler lines. */ 2117 wp->w_botline = lnum; 2118 wp->w_filler_rows = wp->w_height - srow; 2119 } 2120 #endif 2121 else if (dy_flags & DY_LASTLINE) /* 'display' has "lastline" */ 2122 { 2123 /* 2124 * Last line isn't finished: Display "@@@" at the end. 2125 */ 2126 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height - 1, 2127 W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height, 2128 (int)W_ENDCOL(wp) - 3, (int)W_ENDCOL(wp), 2129 '@', '@', hl_attr(HLF_AT)); 2130 set_empty_rows(wp, srow); 2131 wp->w_botline = lnum; 2132 } 2133 else 2134 { 2135 win_draw_end(wp, '@', ' ', srow, wp->w_height, HLF_AT); 2136 wp->w_botline = lnum; 2137 } 2138 } 2139 else 2140 { 2141 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 2142 draw_vsep_win(wp, row); 2143 #endif 2144 if (eof) /* we hit the end of the file */ 2145 { 2146 wp->w_botline = buf->b_ml.ml_line_count + 1; 2147 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 2148 j = diff_check_fill(wp, wp->w_botline); 2149 if (j > 0 && !wp->w_botfill) 2150 { 2151 /* 2152 * Display filler lines at the end of the file 2153 */ 2154 if (char2cells(fill_diff) > 1) 2155 i = '-'; 2156 else 2157 i = fill_diff; 2158 if (row + j > wp->w_height) 2159 j = wp->w_height - row; 2160 win_draw_end(wp, i, i, row, row + (int)j, HLF_DED); 2161 row += j; 2162 } 2163 #endif 2164 } 2165 else if (dollar_vcol == -1) 2166 wp->w_botline = lnum; 2167 2168 /* make sure the rest of the screen is blank */ 2169 /* put '~'s on rows that aren't part of the file. */ 2170 win_draw_end(wp, '~', ' ', row, wp->w_height, HLF_AT); 2171 } 2172 2173 /* Reset the type of redrawing required, the window has been updated. */ 2174 wp->w_redr_type = 0; 2175 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 2176 wp->w_old_topfill = wp->w_topfill; 2177 wp->w_old_botfill = wp->w_botfill; 2178 #endif 2179 2180 if (dollar_vcol == -1) 2181 { 2182 /* 2183 * There is a trick with w_botline. If we invalidate it on each 2184 * change that might modify it, this will cause a lot of expensive 2185 * calls to plines() in update_topline() each time. Therefore the 2186 * value of w_botline is often approximated, and this value is used to 2187 * compute the value of w_topline. If the value of w_botline was 2188 * wrong, check that the value of w_topline is correct (cursor is on 2189 * the visible part of the text). If it's not, we need to redraw 2190 * again. Mostly this just means scrolling up a few lines, so it 2191 * doesn't look too bad. Only do this for the current window (where 2192 * changes are relevant). 2193 */ 2194 wp->w_valid |= VALID_BOTLINE; 2195 if (wp == curwin && wp->w_botline != old_botline && !recursive) 2196 { 2197 recursive = TRUE; 2198 curwin->w_valid &= ~VALID_TOPLINE; 2199 update_topline(); /* may invalidate w_botline again */ 2200 if (must_redraw != 0) 2201 { 2202 /* Don't update for changes in buffer again. */ 2203 i = curbuf->b_mod_set; 2204 curbuf->b_mod_set = FALSE; 2205 win_update(curwin); 2206 must_redraw = 0; 2207 curbuf->b_mod_set = i; 2208 } 2209 recursive = FALSE; 2210 } 2211 } 2212 2213 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) 2214 /* restore got_int, unless CTRL-C was hit while redrawing */ 2215 if (!got_int) 2216 got_int = save_got_int; 2217 #endif 2218 } 2219 2220 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS 2221 static int draw_signcolumn(win_T *wp); 2222 2223 /* 2224 * Return TRUE when window "wp" has a column to draw signs in. 2225 */ 2226 static int 2227 draw_signcolumn(win_T *wp) 2228 { 2229 return (wp->w_buffer->b_signlist != NULL 2230 # ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG 2231 || wp->w_buffer->b_has_sign_column 2232 # endif 2233 ); 2234 } 2235 #endif 2236 2237 /* 2238 * Clear the rest of the window and mark the unused lines with "c1". use "c2" 2239 * as the filler character. 2240 */ 2241 static void 2242 win_draw_end( 2243 win_T *wp, 2244 int c1, 2245 int c2, 2246 int row, 2247 int endrow, 2248 hlf_T hl) 2249 { 2250 #if defined(FEAT_FOLDING) || defined(FEAT_SIGNS) || defined(FEAT_CMDWIN) 2251 int n = 0; 2252 # define FDC_OFF n 2253 #else 2254 # define FDC_OFF 0 2255 #endif 2256 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 2257 int fdc = compute_foldcolumn(wp, 0); 2258 #endif 2259 2260 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 2261 if (wp->w_p_rl) 2262 { 2263 /* No check for cmdline window: should never be right-left. */ 2264 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 2265 n = fdc; 2266 2267 if (n > 0) 2268 { 2269 /* draw the fold column at the right */ 2270 if (n > W_WIDTH(wp)) 2271 n = W_WIDTH(wp); 2272 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, 2273 W_ENDCOL(wp) - n, (int)W_ENDCOL(wp), 2274 ' ', ' ', hl_attr(HLF_FC)); 2275 } 2276 # endif 2277 # ifdef FEAT_SIGNS 2278 if (draw_signcolumn(wp)) 2279 { 2280 int nn = n + 2; 2281 2282 /* draw the sign column left of the fold column */ 2283 if (nn > W_WIDTH(wp)) 2284 nn = W_WIDTH(wp); 2285 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, 2286 W_ENDCOL(wp) - nn, (int)W_ENDCOL(wp) - n, 2287 ' ', ' ', hl_attr(HLF_SC)); 2288 n = nn; 2289 } 2290 # endif 2291 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, 2292 W_WINCOL(wp), W_ENDCOL(wp) - 1 - FDC_OFF, 2293 c2, c2, hl_attr(hl)); 2294 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, 2295 W_ENDCOL(wp) - 1 - FDC_OFF, W_ENDCOL(wp) - FDC_OFF, 2296 c1, c2, hl_attr(hl)); 2297 } 2298 else 2299 #endif 2300 { 2301 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN 2302 if (cmdwin_type != 0 && wp == curwin) 2303 { 2304 /* draw the cmdline character in the leftmost column */ 2305 n = 1; 2306 if (n > wp->w_width) 2307 n = wp->w_width; 2308 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, 2309 W_WINCOL(wp), (int)W_WINCOL(wp) + n, 2310 cmdwin_type, ' ', hl_attr(HLF_AT)); 2311 } 2312 #endif 2313 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 2314 if (fdc > 0) 2315 { 2316 int nn = n + fdc; 2317 2318 /* draw the fold column at the left */ 2319 if (nn > W_WIDTH(wp)) 2320 nn = W_WIDTH(wp); 2321 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, 2322 W_WINCOL(wp) + n, (int)W_WINCOL(wp) + nn, 2323 ' ', ' ', hl_attr(HLF_FC)); 2324 n = nn; 2325 } 2326 #endif 2327 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS 2328 if (draw_signcolumn(wp)) 2329 { 2330 int nn = n + 2; 2331 2332 /* draw the sign column after the fold column */ 2333 if (nn > W_WIDTH(wp)) 2334 nn = W_WIDTH(wp); 2335 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, 2336 W_WINCOL(wp) + n, (int)W_WINCOL(wp) + nn, 2337 ' ', ' ', hl_attr(HLF_SC)); 2338 n = nn; 2339 } 2340 #endif 2341 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, 2342 W_WINCOL(wp) + FDC_OFF, (int)W_ENDCOL(wp), 2343 c1, c2, hl_attr(hl)); 2344 } 2345 set_empty_rows(wp, row); 2346 } 2347 2348 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 2349 static int advance_color_col(int vcol, int **color_cols); 2350 2351 /* 2352 * Advance **color_cols and return TRUE when there are columns to draw. 2353 */ 2354 static int 2355 advance_color_col(int vcol, int **color_cols) 2356 { 2357 while (**color_cols >= 0 && vcol > **color_cols) 2358 ++*color_cols; 2359 return (**color_cols >= 0); 2360 } 2361 #endif 2362 2363 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 2364 /* 2365 * Compute the width of the foldcolumn. Based on 'foldcolumn' and how much 2366 * space is available for window "wp", minus "col". 2367 */ 2368 static int 2369 compute_foldcolumn(win_T *wp, int col) 2370 { 2371 int fdc = wp->w_p_fdc; 2372 int wmw = wp == curwin && p_wmw == 0 ? 1 : p_wmw; 2373 int wwidth = W_WIDTH(wp); 2374 2375 if (fdc > wwidth - (col + wmw)) 2376 fdc = wwidth - (col + wmw); 2377 return fdc; 2378 } 2379 2380 /* 2381 * Display one folded line. 2382 */ 2383 static void 2384 fold_line( 2385 win_T *wp, 2386 long fold_count, 2387 foldinfo_T *foldinfo, 2388 linenr_T lnum, 2389 int row) 2390 { 2391 char_u buf[51]; 2392 pos_T *top, *bot; 2393 linenr_T lnume = lnum + fold_count - 1; 2394 int len; 2395 char_u *text; 2396 int fdc; 2397 int col; 2398 int txtcol; 2399 int off = (int)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines); 2400 int ri; 2401 2402 /* Build the fold line: 2403 * 1. Add the cmdwin_type for the command-line window 2404 * 2. Add the 'foldcolumn' 2405 * 3. Add the 'number' or 'relativenumber' column 2406 * 4. Compose the text 2407 * 5. Add the text 2408 * 6. set highlighting for the Visual area an other text 2409 */ 2410 col = 0; 2411 2412 /* 2413 * 1. Add the cmdwin_type for the command-line window 2414 * Ignores 'rightleft', this window is never right-left. 2415 */ 2416 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN 2417 if (cmdwin_type != 0 && wp == curwin) 2418 { 2419 ScreenLines[off] = cmdwin_type; 2420 ScreenAttrs[off] = hl_attr(HLF_AT); 2421 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2422 if (enc_utf8) 2423 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; 2424 #endif 2425 ++col; 2426 } 2427 #endif 2428 2429 /* 2430 * 2. Add the 'foldcolumn' 2431 * Reduce the width when there is not enough space. 2432 */ 2433 fdc = compute_foldcolumn(wp, col); 2434 if (fdc > 0) 2435 { 2436 fill_foldcolumn(buf, wp, TRUE, lnum); 2437 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 2438 if (wp->w_p_rl) 2439 { 2440 int i; 2441 2442 copy_text_attr(off + W_WIDTH(wp) - fdc - col, buf, fdc, 2443 hl_attr(HLF_FC)); 2444 /* reverse the fold column */ 2445 for (i = 0; i < fdc; ++i) 2446 ScreenLines[off + W_WIDTH(wp) - i - 1 - col] = buf[i]; 2447 } 2448 else 2449 #endif 2450 copy_text_attr(off + col, buf, fdc, hl_attr(HLF_FC)); 2451 col += fdc; 2452 } 2453 2454 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 2455 # define RL_MEMSET(p, v, l) if (wp->w_p_rl) \ 2456 for (ri = 0; ri < l; ++ri) \ 2457 ScreenAttrs[off + (W_WIDTH(wp) - (p) - (l)) + ri] = v; \ 2458 else \ 2459 for (ri = 0; ri < l; ++ri) \ 2460 ScreenAttrs[off + (p) + ri] = v 2461 #else 2462 # define RL_MEMSET(p, v, l) for (ri = 0; ri < l; ++ri) \ 2463 ScreenAttrs[off + (p) + ri] = v 2464 #endif 2465 2466 /* Set all attributes of the 'number' or 'relativenumber' column and the 2467 * text */ 2468 RL_MEMSET(col, hl_attr(HLF_FL), W_WIDTH(wp) - col); 2469 2470 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS 2471 /* If signs are being displayed, add two spaces. */ 2472 if (draw_signcolumn(wp)) 2473 { 2474 len = W_WIDTH(wp) - col; 2475 if (len > 0) 2476 { 2477 if (len > 2) 2478 len = 2; 2479 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 2480 if (wp->w_p_rl) 2481 /* the line number isn't reversed */ 2482 copy_text_attr(off + W_WIDTH(wp) - len - col, 2483 (char_u *)" ", len, hl_attr(HLF_FL)); 2484 else 2485 # endif 2486 copy_text_attr(off + col, (char_u *)" ", len, hl_attr(HLF_FL)); 2487 col += len; 2488 } 2489 } 2490 #endif 2491 2492 /* 2493 * 3. Add the 'number' or 'relativenumber' column 2494 */ 2495 if (wp->w_p_nu || wp->w_p_rnu) 2496 { 2497 len = W_WIDTH(wp) - col; 2498 if (len > 0) 2499 { 2500 int w = number_width(wp); 2501 long num; 2502 char *fmt = "%*ld "; 2503 2504 if (len > w + 1) 2505 len = w + 1; 2506 2507 if (wp->w_p_nu && !wp->w_p_rnu) 2508 /* 'number' + 'norelativenumber' */ 2509 num = (long)lnum; 2510 else 2511 { 2512 /* 'relativenumber', don't use negative numbers */ 2513 num = labs((long)get_cursor_rel_lnum(wp, lnum)); 2514 if (num == 0 && wp->w_p_nu && wp->w_p_rnu) 2515 { 2516 /* 'number' + 'relativenumber': cursor line shows absolute 2517 * line number */ 2518 num = lnum; 2519 fmt = "%-*ld "; 2520 } 2521 } 2522 2523 sprintf((char *)buf, fmt, w, num); 2524 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 2525 if (wp->w_p_rl) 2526 /* the line number isn't reversed */ 2527 copy_text_attr(off + W_WIDTH(wp) - len - col, buf, len, 2528 hl_attr(HLF_FL)); 2529 else 2530 #endif 2531 copy_text_attr(off + col, buf, len, hl_attr(HLF_FL)); 2532 col += len; 2533 } 2534 } 2535 2536 /* 2537 * 4. Compose the folded-line string with 'foldtext', if set. 2538 */ 2539 text = get_foldtext(wp, lnum, lnume, foldinfo, buf); 2540 2541 txtcol = col; /* remember where text starts */ 2542 2543 /* 2544 * 5. move the text to current_ScreenLine. Fill up with "fill_fold". 2545 * Right-left text is put in columns 0 - number-col, normal text is put 2546 * in columns number-col - window-width. 2547 */ 2548 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2549 if (has_mbyte) 2550 { 2551 int cells; 2552 int u8c, u8cc[MAX_MCO]; 2553 int i; 2554 int idx; 2555 int c_len; 2556 char_u *p; 2557 # ifdef FEAT_ARABIC 2558 int prev_c = 0; /* previous Arabic character */ 2559 int prev_c1 = 0; /* first composing char for prev_c */ 2560 # endif 2561 2562 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 2563 if (wp->w_p_rl) 2564 idx = off; 2565 else 2566 # endif 2567 idx = off + col; 2568 2569 /* Store multibyte characters in ScreenLines[] et al. correctly. */ 2570 for (p = text; *p != NUL; ) 2571 { 2572 cells = (*mb_ptr2cells)(p); 2573 c_len = (*mb_ptr2len)(p); 2574 if (col + cells > W_WIDTH(wp) 2575 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 2576 - (wp->w_p_rl ? col : 0) 2577 # endif 2578 ) 2579 break; 2580 ScreenLines[idx] = *p; 2581 if (enc_utf8) 2582 { 2583 u8c = utfc_ptr2char(p, u8cc); 2584 if (*p < 0x80 && u8cc[0] == 0) 2585 { 2586 ScreenLinesUC[idx] = 0; 2587 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC 2588 prev_c = u8c; 2589 #endif 2590 } 2591 else 2592 { 2593 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC 2594 if (p_arshape && !p_tbidi && ARABIC_CHAR(u8c)) 2595 { 2596 /* Do Arabic shaping. */ 2597 int pc, pc1, nc; 2598 int pcc[MAX_MCO]; 2599 int firstbyte = *p; 2600 2601 /* The idea of what is the previous and next 2602 * character depends on 'rightleft'. */ 2603 if (wp->w_p_rl) 2604 { 2605 pc = prev_c; 2606 pc1 = prev_c1; 2607 nc = utf_ptr2char(p + c_len); 2608 prev_c1 = u8cc[0]; 2609 } 2610 else 2611 { 2612 pc = utfc_ptr2char(p + c_len, pcc); 2613 nc = prev_c; 2614 pc1 = pcc[0]; 2615 } 2616 prev_c = u8c; 2617 2618 u8c = arabic_shape(u8c, &firstbyte, &u8cc[0], 2619 pc, pc1, nc); 2620 ScreenLines[idx] = firstbyte; 2621 } 2622 else 2623 prev_c = u8c; 2624 #endif 2625 /* Non-BMP character: display as ? or fullwidth ?. */ 2626 #ifdef UNICODE16 2627 if (u8c >= 0x10000) 2628 ScreenLinesUC[idx] = (cells == 2) ? 0xff1f : (int)'?'; 2629 else 2630 #endif 2631 ScreenLinesUC[idx] = u8c; 2632 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i) 2633 { 2634 ScreenLinesC[i][idx] = u8cc[i]; 2635 if (u8cc[i] == 0) 2636 break; 2637 } 2638 } 2639 if (cells > 1) 2640 ScreenLines[idx + 1] = 0; 2641 } 2642 else if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && *p == 0x8e) 2643 /* double-byte single width character */ 2644 ScreenLines2[idx] = p[1]; 2645 else if (cells > 1) 2646 /* double-width character */ 2647 ScreenLines[idx + 1] = p[1]; 2648 col += cells; 2649 idx += cells; 2650 p += c_len; 2651 } 2652 } 2653 else 2654 #endif 2655 { 2656 len = (int)STRLEN(text); 2657 if (len > W_WIDTH(wp) - col) 2658 len = W_WIDTH(wp) - col; 2659 if (len > 0) 2660 { 2661 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 2662 if (wp->w_p_rl) 2663 STRNCPY(current_ScreenLine, text, len); 2664 else 2665 #endif 2666 STRNCPY(current_ScreenLine + col, text, len); 2667 col += len; 2668 } 2669 } 2670 2671 /* Fill the rest of the line with the fold filler */ 2672 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 2673 if (wp->w_p_rl) 2674 col -= txtcol; 2675 #endif 2676 while (col < W_WIDTH(wp) 2677 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 2678 - (wp->w_p_rl ? txtcol : 0) 2679 #endif 2680 ) 2681 { 2682 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2683 if (enc_utf8) 2684 { 2685 if (fill_fold >= 0x80) 2686 { 2687 ScreenLinesUC[off + col] = fill_fold; 2688 ScreenLinesC[0][off + col] = 0; 2689 } 2690 else 2691 ScreenLinesUC[off + col] = 0; 2692 } 2693 #endif 2694 ScreenLines[off + col++] = fill_fold; 2695 } 2696 2697 if (text != buf) 2698 vim_free(text); 2699 2700 /* 2701 * 6. set highlighting for the Visual area an other text. 2702 * If all folded lines are in the Visual area, highlight the line. 2703 */ 2704 if (VIsual_active && wp->w_buffer == curwin->w_buffer) 2705 { 2706 if (ltoreq(curwin->w_cursor, VIsual)) 2707 { 2708 /* Visual is after curwin->w_cursor */ 2709 top = &curwin->w_cursor; 2710 bot = &VIsual; 2711 } 2712 else 2713 { 2714 /* Visual is before curwin->w_cursor */ 2715 top = &VIsual; 2716 bot = &curwin->w_cursor; 2717 } 2718 if (lnum >= top->lnum 2719 && lnume <= bot->lnum 2720 && (VIsual_mode != 'v' 2721 || ((lnum > top->lnum 2722 || (lnum == top->lnum 2723 && top->col == 0)) 2724 && (lnume < bot->lnum 2725 || (lnume == bot->lnum 2726 && (bot->col - (*p_sel == 'e')) 2727 >= (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnume, FALSE))))))) 2728 { 2729 if (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V) 2730 { 2731 /* Visual block mode: highlight the chars part of the block */ 2732 if (wp->w_old_cursor_fcol + txtcol < (colnr_T)W_WIDTH(wp)) 2733 { 2734 if (wp->w_old_cursor_lcol != MAXCOL 2735 && wp->w_old_cursor_lcol + txtcol 2736 < (colnr_T)W_WIDTH(wp)) 2737 len = wp->w_old_cursor_lcol; 2738 else 2739 len = W_WIDTH(wp) - txtcol; 2740 RL_MEMSET(wp->w_old_cursor_fcol + txtcol, hl_attr(HLF_V), 2741 len - (int)wp->w_old_cursor_fcol); 2742 } 2743 } 2744 else 2745 { 2746 /* Set all attributes of the text */ 2747 RL_MEMSET(txtcol, hl_attr(HLF_V), W_WIDTH(wp) - txtcol); 2748 } 2749 } 2750 } 2751 2752 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 2753 /* Show colorcolumn in the fold line, but let cursorcolumn override it. */ 2754 if (wp->w_p_cc_cols) 2755 { 2756 int i = 0; 2757 int j = wp->w_p_cc_cols[i]; 2758 int old_txtcol = txtcol; 2759 2760 while (j > -1) 2761 { 2762 txtcol += j; 2763 if (wp->w_p_wrap) 2764 txtcol -= wp->w_skipcol; 2765 else 2766 txtcol -= wp->w_leftcol; 2767 if (txtcol >= 0 && txtcol < W_WIDTH(wp)) 2768 ScreenAttrs[off + txtcol] = hl_combine_attr( 2769 ScreenAttrs[off + txtcol], hl_attr(HLF_MC)); 2770 txtcol = old_txtcol; 2771 j = wp->w_p_cc_cols[++i]; 2772 } 2773 } 2774 2775 /* Show 'cursorcolumn' in the fold line. */ 2776 if (wp->w_p_cuc) 2777 { 2778 txtcol += wp->w_virtcol; 2779 if (wp->w_p_wrap) 2780 txtcol -= wp->w_skipcol; 2781 else 2782 txtcol -= wp->w_leftcol; 2783 if (txtcol >= 0 && txtcol < W_WIDTH(wp)) 2784 ScreenAttrs[off + txtcol] = hl_combine_attr( 2785 ScreenAttrs[off + txtcol], hl_attr(HLF_CUC)); 2786 } 2787 #endif 2788 2789 SCREEN_LINE(row + W_WINROW(wp), W_WINCOL(wp), (int)W_WIDTH(wp), 2790 (int)W_WIDTH(wp), FALSE); 2791 2792 /* 2793 * Update w_cline_height and w_cline_folded if the cursor line was 2794 * updated (saves a call to plines() later). 2795 */ 2796 if (wp == curwin 2797 && lnum <= curwin->w_cursor.lnum 2798 && lnume >= curwin->w_cursor.lnum) 2799 { 2800 curwin->w_cline_row = row; 2801 curwin->w_cline_height = 1; 2802 curwin->w_cline_folded = TRUE; 2803 curwin->w_valid |= (VALID_CHEIGHT|VALID_CROW); 2804 } 2805 } 2806 2807 /* 2808 * Copy "buf[len]" to ScreenLines["off"] and set attributes to "attr". 2809 */ 2810 static void 2811 copy_text_attr( 2812 int off, 2813 char_u *buf, 2814 int len, 2815 int attr) 2816 { 2817 int i; 2818 2819 mch_memmove(ScreenLines + off, buf, (size_t)len); 2820 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2821 if (enc_utf8) 2822 vim_memset(ScreenLinesUC + off, 0, sizeof(u8char_T) * (size_t)len); 2823 # endif 2824 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i) 2825 ScreenAttrs[off + i] = attr; 2826 } 2827 2828 /* 2829 * Fill the foldcolumn at "p" for window "wp". 2830 * Only to be called when 'foldcolumn' > 0. 2831 */ 2832 static void 2833 fill_foldcolumn( 2834 char_u *p, 2835 win_T *wp, 2836 int closed, /* TRUE of FALSE */ 2837 linenr_T lnum) /* current line number */ 2838 { 2839 int i = 0; 2840 int level; 2841 int first_level; 2842 int empty; 2843 int fdc = compute_foldcolumn(wp, 0); 2844 2845 /* Init to all spaces. */ 2846 vim_memset(p, ' ', (size_t)fdc); 2847 2848 level = win_foldinfo.fi_level; 2849 if (level > 0) 2850 { 2851 /* If there is only one column put more info in it. */ 2852 empty = (fdc == 1) ? 0 : 1; 2853 2854 /* If the column is too narrow, we start at the lowest level that 2855 * fits and use numbers to indicated the depth. */ 2856 first_level = level - fdc - closed + 1 + empty; 2857 if (first_level < 1) 2858 first_level = 1; 2859 2860 for (i = 0; i + empty < fdc; ++i) 2861 { 2862 if (win_foldinfo.fi_lnum == lnum 2863 && first_level + i >= win_foldinfo.fi_low_level) 2864 p[i] = '-'; 2865 else if (first_level == 1) 2866 p[i] = '|'; 2867 else if (first_level + i <= 9) 2868 p[i] = '0' + first_level + i; 2869 else 2870 p[i] = '>'; 2871 if (first_level + i == level) 2872 break; 2873 } 2874 } 2875 if (closed) 2876 p[i >= fdc ? i - 1 : i] = '+'; 2877 } 2878 #endif /* FEAT_FOLDING */ 2879 2880 /* 2881 * Display line "lnum" of window 'wp' on the screen. 2882 * Start at row "startrow", stop when "endrow" is reached. 2883 * wp->w_virtcol needs to be valid. 2884 * 2885 * Return the number of last row the line occupies. 2886 */ 2887 static int 2888 win_line( 2889 win_T *wp, 2890 linenr_T lnum, 2891 int startrow, 2892 int endrow, 2893 int nochange UNUSED) /* not updating for changed text */ 2894 { 2895 int col; /* visual column on screen */ 2896 unsigned off; /* offset in ScreenLines/ScreenAttrs */ 2897 int c = 0; /* init for GCC */ 2898 long vcol = 0; /* virtual column (for tabs) */ 2899 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 2900 long vcol_sbr = -1; /* virtual column after showbreak */ 2901 #endif 2902 long vcol_prev = -1; /* "vcol" of previous character */ 2903 char_u *line; /* current line */ 2904 char_u *ptr; /* current position in "line" */ 2905 int row; /* row in the window, excl w_winrow */ 2906 int screen_row; /* row on the screen, incl w_winrow */ 2907 2908 char_u extra[18]; /* "%ld" and 'fdc' must fit in here */ 2909 int n_extra = 0; /* number of extra chars */ 2910 char_u *p_extra = NULL; /* string of extra chars, plus NUL */ 2911 char_u *p_extra_free = NULL; /* p_extra needs to be freed */ 2912 int c_extra = NUL; /* extra chars, all the same */ 2913 int extra_attr = 0; /* attributes when n_extra != 0 */ 2914 static char_u *at_end_str = (char_u *)""; /* used for p_extra when 2915 displaying lcs_eol at end-of-line */ 2916 int lcs_eol_one = lcs_eol; /* lcs_eol until it's been used */ 2917 int lcs_prec_todo = lcs_prec; /* lcs_prec until it's been used */ 2918 2919 /* saved "extra" items for when draw_state becomes WL_LINE (again) */ 2920 int saved_n_extra = 0; 2921 char_u *saved_p_extra = NULL; 2922 int saved_c_extra = 0; 2923 int saved_char_attr = 0; 2924 2925 int n_attr = 0; /* chars with special attr */ 2926 int saved_attr2 = 0; /* char_attr saved for n_attr */ 2927 int n_attr3 = 0; /* chars with overruling special attr */ 2928 int saved_attr3 = 0; /* char_attr saved for n_attr3 */ 2929 2930 int n_skip = 0; /* nr of chars to skip for 'nowrap' */ 2931 2932 int fromcol, tocol; /* start/end of inverting */ 2933 int fromcol_prev = -2; /* start of inverting after cursor */ 2934 int noinvcur = FALSE; /* don't invert the cursor */ 2935 pos_T *top, *bot; 2936 int lnum_in_visual_area = FALSE; 2937 pos_T pos; 2938 long v; 2939 2940 int char_attr = 0; /* attributes for next character */ 2941 int attr_pri = FALSE; /* char_attr has priority */ 2942 int area_highlighting = FALSE; /* Visual or incsearch highlighting 2943 in this line */ 2944 int attr = 0; /* attributes for area highlighting */ 2945 int area_attr = 0; /* attributes desired by highlighting */ 2946 int search_attr = 0; /* attributes desired by 'hlsearch' */ 2947 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 2948 int vcol_save_attr = 0; /* saved attr for 'cursorcolumn' */ 2949 int syntax_attr = 0; /* attributes desired by syntax */ 2950 int has_syntax = FALSE; /* this buffer has syntax highl. */ 2951 int save_did_emsg; 2952 int eol_hl_off = 0; /* 1 if highlighted char after EOL */ 2953 int draw_color_col = FALSE; /* highlight colorcolumn */ 2954 int *color_cols = NULL; /* pointer to according columns array */ 2955 #endif 2956 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL 2957 int has_spell = FALSE; /* this buffer has spell checking */ 2958 # define SPWORDLEN 150 2959 char_u nextline[SPWORDLEN * 2];/* text with start of the next line */ 2960 int nextlinecol = 0; /* column where nextline[] starts */ 2961 int nextline_idx = 0; /* index in nextline[] where next line 2962 starts */ 2963 int spell_attr = 0; /* attributes desired by spelling */ 2964 int word_end = 0; /* last byte with same spell_attr */ 2965 static linenr_T checked_lnum = 0; /* line number for "checked_col" */ 2966 static int checked_col = 0; /* column in "checked_lnum" up to which 2967 * there are no spell errors */ 2968 static int cap_col = -1; /* column to check for Cap word */ 2969 static linenr_T capcol_lnum = 0; /* line number where "cap_col" used */ 2970 int cur_checked_col = 0; /* checked column for current line */ 2971 #endif 2972 int extra_check; /* has syntax or linebreak */ 2973 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2974 int multi_attr = 0; /* attributes desired by multibyte */ 2975 int mb_l = 1; /* multi-byte byte length */ 2976 int mb_c = 0; /* decoded multi-byte character */ 2977 int mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* screen char is UTF-8 char */ 2978 int u8cc[MAX_MCO]; /* composing UTF-8 chars */ 2979 #endif 2980 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 2981 int filler_lines; /* nr of filler lines to be drawn */ 2982 int filler_todo; /* nr of filler lines still to do + 1 */ 2983 hlf_T diff_hlf = (hlf_T)0; /* type of diff highlighting */ 2984 int change_start = MAXCOL; /* first col of changed area */ 2985 int change_end = -1; /* last col of changed area */ 2986 #endif 2987 colnr_T trailcol = MAXCOL; /* start of trailing spaces */ 2988 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 2989 int need_showbreak = FALSE; 2990 #endif 2991 #if defined(FEAT_SIGNS) || (defined(FEAT_QUICKFIX) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)) \ 2992 || defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(FEAT_DIFF) 2993 # define LINE_ATTR 2994 int line_attr = 0; /* attribute for the whole line */ 2995 #endif 2996 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 2997 matchitem_T *cur; /* points to the match list */ 2998 match_T *shl; /* points to search_hl or a match */ 2999 int shl_flag; /* flag to indicate whether search_hl 3000 has been processed or not */ 3001 int pos_inprogress; /* marks that position match search is 3002 in progress */ 3003 int prevcol_hl_flag; /* flag to indicate whether prevcol 3004 equals startcol of search_hl or one 3005 of the matches */ 3006 #endif 3007 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC 3008 int prev_c = 0; /* previous Arabic character */ 3009 int prev_c1 = 0; /* first composing char for prev_c */ 3010 #endif 3011 #if defined(LINE_ATTR) 3012 int did_line_attr = 0; 3013 #endif 3014 3015 /* draw_state: items that are drawn in sequence: */ 3016 #define WL_START 0 /* nothing done yet */ 3017 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN 3018 # define WL_CMDLINE WL_START + 1 /* cmdline window column */ 3019 #else 3020 # define WL_CMDLINE WL_START 3021 #endif 3022 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 3023 # define WL_FOLD WL_CMDLINE + 1 /* 'foldcolumn' */ 3024 #else 3025 # define WL_FOLD WL_CMDLINE 3026 #endif 3027 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS 3028 # define WL_SIGN WL_FOLD + 1 /* column for signs */ 3029 #else 3030 # define WL_SIGN WL_FOLD /* column for signs */ 3031 #endif 3032 #define WL_NR WL_SIGN + 1 /* line number */ 3033 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 3034 # define WL_BRI WL_NR + 1 /* 'breakindent' */ 3035 #else 3036 # define WL_BRI WL_NR 3037 #endif 3038 #if defined(FEAT_LINEBREAK) || defined(FEAT_DIFF) 3039 # define WL_SBR WL_BRI + 1 /* 'showbreak' or 'diff' */ 3040 #else 3041 # define WL_SBR WL_BRI 3042 #endif 3043 #define WL_LINE WL_SBR + 1 /* text in the line */ 3044 int draw_state = WL_START; /* what to draw next */ 3045 #if defined(FEAT_XIM) && defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK) 3046 int feedback_col = 0; 3047 int feedback_old_attr = -1; 3048 #endif 3049 3050 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 3051 int syntax_flags = 0; 3052 int syntax_seqnr = 0; 3053 int prev_syntax_id = 0; 3054 int conceal_attr = hl_attr(HLF_CONCEAL); 3055 int is_concealing = FALSE; 3056 int boguscols = 0; /* nonexistent columns added to force 3057 wrapping */ 3058 int vcol_off = 0; /* offset for concealed characters */ 3059 int did_wcol = FALSE; 3060 int match_conc = FALSE; /* cchar for match functions */ 3061 int has_match_conc = FALSE; /* match wants to conceal */ 3062 int old_boguscols = 0; 3063 # define VCOL_HLC (vcol - vcol_off) 3064 # define FIX_FOR_BOGUSCOLS \ 3065 { \ 3066 n_extra += vcol_off; \ 3067 vcol -= vcol_off; \ 3068 vcol_off = 0; \ 3069 col -= boguscols; \ 3070 old_boguscols = boguscols; \ 3071 boguscols = 0; \ 3072 } 3073 #else 3074 # define VCOL_HLC (vcol) 3075 #endif 3076 3077 if (startrow > endrow) /* past the end already! */ 3078 return startrow; 3079 3080 row = startrow; 3081 screen_row = row + W_WINROW(wp); 3082 3083 /* 3084 * To speed up the loop below, set extra_check when there is linebreak, 3085 * trailing white space and/or syntax processing to be done. 3086 */ 3087 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 3088 extra_check = wp->w_p_lbr; 3089 #else 3090 extra_check = 0; 3091 #endif 3092 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 3093 if (syntax_present(wp) && !wp->w_s->b_syn_error) 3094 { 3095 /* Prepare for syntax highlighting in this line. When there is an 3096 * error, stop syntax highlighting. */ 3097 save_did_emsg = did_emsg; 3098 did_emsg = FALSE; 3099 syntax_start(wp, lnum); 3100 if (did_emsg) 3101 wp->w_s->b_syn_error = TRUE; 3102 else 3103 { 3104 did_emsg = save_did_emsg; 3105 has_syntax = TRUE; 3106 extra_check = TRUE; 3107 } 3108 } 3109 3110 /* Check for columns to display for 'colorcolumn'. */ 3111 color_cols = wp->w_p_cc_cols; 3112 if (color_cols != NULL) 3113 draw_color_col = advance_color_col(VCOL_HLC, &color_cols); 3114 #endif 3115 3116 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL 3117 if (wp->w_p_spell 3118 && *wp->w_s->b_p_spl != NUL 3119 && wp->w_s->b_langp.ga_len > 0 3120 && *(char **)(wp->w_s->b_langp.ga_data) != NULL) 3121 { 3122 /* Prepare for spell checking. */ 3123 has_spell = TRUE; 3124 extra_check = TRUE; 3125 3126 /* Get the start of the next line, so that words that wrap to the next 3127 * line are found too: "et<line-break>al.". 3128 * Trick: skip a few chars for C/shell/Vim comments */ 3129 nextline[SPWORDLEN] = NUL; 3130 if (lnum < wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count) 3131 { 3132 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum + 1, FALSE); 3133 spell_cat_line(nextline + SPWORDLEN, line, SPWORDLEN); 3134 } 3135 3136 /* When a word wrapped from the previous line the start of the current 3137 * line is valid. */ 3138 if (lnum == checked_lnum) 3139 cur_checked_col = checked_col; 3140 checked_lnum = 0; 3141 3142 /* When there was a sentence end in the previous line may require a 3143 * word starting with capital in this line. In line 1 always check 3144 * the first word. */ 3145 if (lnum != capcol_lnum) 3146 cap_col = -1; 3147 if (lnum == 1) 3148 cap_col = 0; 3149 capcol_lnum = 0; 3150 } 3151 #endif 3152 3153 /* 3154 * handle visual active in this window 3155 */ 3156 fromcol = -10; 3157 tocol = MAXCOL; 3158 if (VIsual_active && wp->w_buffer == curwin->w_buffer) 3159 { 3160 /* Visual is after curwin->w_cursor */ 3161 if (ltoreq(curwin->w_cursor, VIsual)) 3162 { 3163 top = &curwin->w_cursor; 3164 bot = &VIsual; 3165 } 3166 else /* Visual is before curwin->w_cursor */ 3167 { 3168 top = &VIsual; 3169 bot = &curwin->w_cursor; 3170 } 3171 lnum_in_visual_area = (lnum >= top->lnum && lnum <= bot->lnum); 3172 if (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V) /* block mode */ 3173 { 3174 if (lnum_in_visual_area) 3175 { 3176 fromcol = wp->w_old_cursor_fcol; 3177 tocol = wp->w_old_cursor_lcol; 3178 } 3179 } 3180 else /* non-block mode */ 3181 { 3182 if (lnum > top->lnum && lnum <= bot->lnum) 3183 fromcol = 0; 3184 else if (lnum == top->lnum) 3185 { 3186 if (VIsual_mode == 'V') /* linewise */ 3187 fromcol = 0; 3188 else 3189 { 3190 getvvcol(wp, top, (colnr_T *)&fromcol, NULL, NULL); 3191 if (gchar_pos(top) == NUL) 3192 tocol = fromcol + 1; 3193 } 3194 } 3195 if (VIsual_mode != 'V' && lnum == bot->lnum) 3196 { 3197 if (*p_sel == 'e' && bot->col == 0 3198 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 3199 && bot->coladd == 0 3200 #endif 3201 ) 3202 { 3203 fromcol = -10; 3204 tocol = MAXCOL; 3205 } 3206 else if (bot->col == MAXCOL) 3207 tocol = MAXCOL; 3208 else 3209 { 3210 pos = *bot; 3211 if (*p_sel == 'e') 3212 getvvcol(wp, &pos, (colnr_T *)&tocol, NULL, NULL); 3213 else 3214 { 3215 getvvcol(wp, &pos, NULL, NULL, (colnr_T *)&tocol); 3216 ++tocol; 3217 } 3218 } 3219 } 3220 } 3221 3222 /* Check if the character under the cursor should not be inverted */ 3223 if (!highlight_match && lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum && wp == curwin 3224 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 3225 && !gui.in_use 3226 #endif 3227 ) 3228 noinvcur = TRUE; 3229 3230 /* if inverting in this line set area_highlighting */ 3231 if (fromcol >= 0) 3232 { 3233 area_highlighting = TRUE; 3234 attr = hl_attr(HLF_V); 3235 #if defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) && defined(FEAT_X11) 3236 if ((clip_star.available && !clip_star.owned 3237 && clip_isautosel_star()) 3238 || (clip_plus.available && !clip_plus.owned 3239 && clip_isautosel_plus())) 3240 attr = hl_attr(HLF_VNC); 3241 #endif 3242 } 3243 } 3244 3245 /* 3246 * handle 'incsearch' and ":s///c" highlighting 3247 */ 3248 else if (highlight_match 3249 && wp == curwin 3250 && lnum >= curwin->w_cursor.lnum 3251 && lnum <= curwin->w_cursor.lnum + search_match_lines) 3252 { 3253 if (lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum) 3254 getvcol(curwin, &(curwin->w_cursor), 3255 (colnr_T *)&fromcol, NULL, NULL); 3256 else 3257 fromcol = 0; 3258 if (lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum + search_match_lines) 3259 { 3260 pos.lnum = lnum; 3261 pos.col = search_match_endcol; 3262 getvcol(curwin, &pos, (colnr_T *)&tocol, NULL, NULL); 3263 } 3264 else 3265 tocol = MAXCOL; 3266 /* do at least one character; happens when past end of line */ 3267 if (fromcol == tocol) 3268 tocol = fromcol + 1; 3269 area_highlighting = TRUE; 3270 attr = hl_attr(HLF_I); 3271 } 3272 3273 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 3274 filler_lines = diff_check(wp, lnum); 3275 if (filler_lines < 0) 3276 { 3277 if (filler_lines == -1) 3278 { 3279 if (diff_find_change(wp, lnum, &change_start, &change_end)) 3280 diff_hlf = HLF_ADD; /* added line */ 3281 else if (change_start == 0) 3282 diff_hlf = HLF_TXD; /* changed text */ 3283 else 3284 diff_hlf = HLF_CHD; /* changed line */ 3285 } 3286 else 3287 diff_hlf = HLF_ADD; /* added line */ 3288 filler_lines = 0; 3289 area_highlighting = TRUE; 3290 } 3291 if (lnum == wp->w_topline) 3292 filler_lines = wp->w_topfill; 3293 filler_todo = filler_lines; 3294 #endif 3295 3296 #ifdef LINE_ATTR 3297 # ifdef FEAT_SIGNS 3298 /* If this line has a sign with line highlighting set line_attr. */ 3299 v = buf_getsigntype(wp->w_buffer, lnum, SIGN_LINEHL); 3300 if (v != 0) 3301 line_attr = sign_get_attr((int)v, TRUE); 3302 # endif 3303 # if defined(FEAT_QUICKFIX) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) 3304 /* Highlight the current line in the quickfix window. */ 3305 if (bt_quickfix(wp->w_buffer) && qf_current_entry(wp) == lnum) 3306 line_attr = hl_attr(HLF_L); 3307 # endif 3308 if (line_attr != 0) 3309 area_highlighting = TRUE; 3310 #endif 3311 3312 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE); 3313 ptr = line; 3314 3315 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL 3316 if (has_spell) 3317 { 3318 /* For checking first word with a capital skip white space. */ 3319 if (cap_col == 0) 3320 cap_col = (int)(skipwhite(line) - line); 3321 3322 /* To be able to spell-check over line boundaries copy the end of the 3323 * current line into nextline[]. Above the start of the next line was 3324 * copied to nextline[SPWORDLEN]. */ 3325 if (nextline[SPWORDLEN] == NUL) 3326 { 3327 /* No next line or it is empty. */ 3328 nextlinecol = MAXCOL; 3329 nextline_idx = 0; 3330 } 3331 else 3332 { 3333 v = (long)STRLEN(line); 3334 if (v < SPWORDLEN) 3335 { 3336 /* Short line, use it completely and append the start of the 3337 * next line. */ 3338 nextlinecol = 0; 3339 mch_memmove(nextline, line, (size_t)v); 3340 STRMOVE(nextline + v, nextline + SPWORDLEN); 3341 nextline_idx = v + 1; 3342 } 3343 else 3344 { 3345 /* Long line, use only the last SPWORDLEN bytes. */ 3346 nextlinecol = v - SPWORDLEN; 3347 mch_memmove(nextline, line + nextlinecol, SPWORDLEN); 3348 nextline_idx = SPWORDLEN + 1; 3349 } 3350 } 3351 } 3352 #endif 3353 3354 if (wp->w_p_list) 3355 { 3356 if (lcs_space || lcs_trail) 3357 extra_check = TRUE; 3358 /* find start of trailing whitespace */ 3359 if (lcs_trail) 3360 { 3361 trailcol = (colnr_T)STRLEN(ptr); 3362 while (trailcol > (colnr_T)0 && vim_iswhite(ptr[trailcol - 1])) 3363 --trailcol; 3364 trailcol += (colnr_T) (ptr - line); 3365 } 3366 } 3367 3368 /* 3369 * 'nowrap' or 'wrap' and a single line that doesn't fit: Advance to the 3370 * first character to be displayed. 3371 */ 3372 if (wp->w_p_wrap) 3373 v = wp->w_skipcol; 3374 else 3375 v = wp->w_leftcol; 3376 if (v > 0) 3377 { 3378 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 3379 char_u *prev_ptr = ptr; 3380 #endif 3381 while (vcol < v && *ptr != NUL) 3382 { 3383 c = win_lbr_chartabsize(wp, line, ptr, (colnr_T)vcol, NULL); 3384 vcol += c; 3385 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 3386 prev_ptr = ptr; 3387 #endif 3388 mb_ptr_adv(ptr); 3389 } 3390 3391 /* When: 3392 * - 'cuc' is set, or 3393 * - 'colorcolumn' is set, or 3394 * - 'virtualedit' is set, or 3395 * - the visual mode is active, 3396 * the end of the line may be before the start of the displayed part. 3397 */ 3398 if (vcol < v && ( 3399 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 3400 wp->w_p_cuc || draw_color_col || 3401 #endif 3402 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 3403 virtual_active() || 3404 #endif 3405 (VIsual_active && wp->w_buffer == curwin->w_buffer))) 3406 { 3407 vcol = v; 3408 } 3409 3410 /* Handle a character that's not completely on the screen: Put ptr at 3411 * that character but skip the first few screen characters. */ 3412 if (vcol > v) 3413 { 3414 vcol -= c; 3415 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 3416 ptr = prev_ptr; 3417 #else 3418 --ptr; 3419 #endif 3420 n_skip = v - vcol; 3421 } 3422 3423 /* 3424 * Adjust for when the inverted text is before the screen, 3425 * and when the start of the inverted text is before the screen. 3426 */ 3427 if (tocol <= vcol) 3428 fromcol = 0; 3429 else if (fromcol >= 0 && fromcol < vcol) 3430 fromcol = vcol; 3431 3432 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 3433 /* When w_skipcol is non-zero, first line needs 'showbreak' */ 3434 if (wp->w_p_wrap) 3435 need_showbreak = TRUE; 3436 #endif 3437 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL 3438 /* When spell checking a word we need to figure out the start of the 3439 * word and if it's badly spelled or not. */ 3440 if (has_spell) 3441 { 3442 int len; 3443 colnr_T linecol = (colnr_T)(ptr - line); 3444 hlf_T spell_hlf = HLF_COUNT; 3445 3446 pos = wp->w_cursor; 3447 wp->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; 3448 wp->w_cursor.col = linecol; 3449 len = spell_move_to(wp, FORWARD, TRUE, TRUE, &spell_hlf); 3450 3451 /* spell_move_to() may call ml_get() and make "line" invalid */ 3452 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE); 3453 ptr = line + linecol; 3454 3455 if (len == 0 || (int)wp->w_cursor.col > ptr - line) 3456 { 3457 /* no bad word found at line start, don't check until end of a 3458 * word */ 3459 spell_hlf = HLF_COUNT; 3460 word_end = (int)(spell_to_word_end(ptr, wp) - line + 1); 3461 } 3462 else 3463 { 3464 /* bad word found, use attributes until end of word */ 3465 word_end = wp->w_cursor.col + len + 1; 3466 3467 /* Turn index into actual attributes. */ 3468 if (spell_hlf != HLF_COUNT) 3469 spell_attr = highlight_attr[spell_hlf]; 3470 } 3471 wp->w_cursor = pos; 3472 3473 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 3474 /* Need to restart syntax highlighting for this line. */ 3475 if (has_syntax) 3476 syntax_start(wp, lnum); 3477 # endif 3478 } 3479 #endif 3480 } 3481 3482 /* 3483 * Correct highlighting for cursor that can't be disabled. 3484 * Avoids having to check this for each character. 3485 */ 3486 if (fromcol >= 0) 3487 { 3488 if (noinvcur) 3489 { 3490 if ((colnr_T)fromcol == wp->w_virtcol) 3491 { 3492 /* highlighting starts at cursor, let it start just after the 3493 * cursor */ 3494 fromcol_prev = fromcol; 3495 fromcol = -1; 3496 } 3497 else if ((colnr_T)fromcol < wp->w_virtcol) 3498 /* restart highlighting after the cursor */ 3499 fromcol_prev = wp->w_virtcol; 3500 } 3501 if (fromcol >= tocol) 3502 fromcol = -1; 3503 } 3504 3505 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 3506 /* 3507 * Handle highlighting the last used search pattern and matches. 3508 * Do this for both search_hl and the match list. 3509 */ 3510 cur = wp->w_match_head; 3511 shl_flag = FALSE; 3512 while (cur != NULL || shl_flag == FALSE) 3513 { 3514 if (shl_flag == FALSE) 3515 { 3516 shl = &search_hl; 3517 shl_flag = TRUE; 3518 } 3519 else 3520 shl = &cur->hl; 3521 shl->startcol = MAXCOL; 3522 shl->endcol = MAXCOL; 3523 shl->attr_cur = 0; 3524 v = (long)(ptr - line); 3525 if (cur != NULL) 3526 cur->pos.cur = 0; 3527 next_search_hl(wp, shl, lnum, (colnr_T)v, cur); 3528 3529 /* Need to get the line again, a multi-line regexp may have made it 3530 * invalid. */ 3531 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE); 3532 ptr = line + v; 3533 3534 if (shl->lnum != 0 && shl->lnum <= lnum) 3535 { 3536 if (shl->lnum == lnum) 3537 shl->startcol = shl->rm.startpos[0].col; 3538 else 3539 shl->startcol = 0; 3540 if (lnum == shl->lnum + shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum 3541 - shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum) 3542 shl->endcol = shl->rm.endpos[0].col; 3543 else 3544 shl->endcol = MAXCOL; 3545 /* Highlight one character for an empty match. */ 3546 if (shl->startcol == shl->endcol) 3547 { 3548 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 3549 if (has_mbyte && line[shl->endcol] != NUL) 3550 shl->endcol += (*mb_ptr2len)(line + shl->endcol); 3551 else 3552 #endif 3553 ++shl->endcol; 3554 } 3555 if ((long)shl->startcol < v) /* match at leftcol */ 3556 { 3557 shl->attr_cur = shl->attr; 3558 search_attr = shl->attr; 3559 } 3560 area_highlighting = TRUE; 3561 } 3562 if (shl != &search_hl && cur != NULL) 3563 cur = cur->next; 3564 } 3565 #endif 3566 3567 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 3568 /* Cursor line highlighting for 'cursorline' in the current window. Not 3569 * when Visual mode is active, because it's not clear what is selected 3570 * then. */ 3571 if (wp->w_p_cul && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum 3572 && !(wp == curwin && VIsual_active)) 3573 { 3574 line_attr = hl_attr(HLF_CUL); 3575 area_highlighting = TRUE; 3576 } 3577 #endif 3578 3579 off = (unsigned)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines); 3580 col = 0; 3581 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 3582 if (wp->w_p_rl) 3583 { 3584 /* Rightleft window: process the text in the normal direction, but put 3585 * it in current_ScreenLine[] from right to left. Start at the 3586 * rightmost column of the window. */ 3587 col = W_WIDTH(wp) - 1; 3588 off += col; 3589 } 3590 #endif 3591 3592 /* 3593 * Repeat for the whole displayed line. 3594 */ 3595 for (;;) 3596 { 3597 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 3598 has_match_conc = FALSE; 3599 #endif 3600 /* Skip this quickly when working on the text. */ 3601 if (draw_state != WL_LINE) 3602 { 3603 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN 3604 if (draw_state == WL_CMDLINE - 1 && n_extra == 0) 3605 { 3606 draw_state = WL_CMDLINE; 3607 if (cmdwin_type != 0 && wp == curwin) 3608 { 3609 /* Draw the cmdline character. */ 3610 n_extra = 1; 3611 c_extra = cmdwin_type; 3612 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT); 3613 } 3614 } 3615 #endif 3616 3617 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 3618 if (draw_state == WL_FOLD - 1 && n_extra == 0) 3619 { 3620 int fdc = compute_foldcolumn(wp, 0); 3621 3622 draw_state = WL_FOLD; 3623 if (fdc > 0) 3624 { 3625 /* Draw the 'foldcolumn'. */ 3626 fill_foldcolumn(extra, wp, FALSE, lnum); 3627 n_extra = fdc; 3628 p_extra = extra; 3629 p_extra[n_extra] = NUL; 3630 c_extra = NUL; 3631 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_FC); 3632 } 3633 } 3634 #endif 3635 3636 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS 3637 if (draw_state == WL_SIGN - 1 && n_extra == 0) 3638 { 3639 draw_state = WL_SIGN; 3640 /* Show the sign column when there are any signs in this 3641 * buffer or when using Netbeans. */ 3642 if (draw_signcolumn(wp)) 3643 { 3644 int text_sign; 3645 # ifdef FEAT_SIGN_ICONS 3646 int icon_sign; 3647 # endif 3648 3649 /* Draw two cells with the sign value or blank. */ 3650 c_extra = ' '; 3651 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_SC); 3652 n_extra = 2; 3653 3654 if (row == startrow 3655 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 3656 + filler_lines && filler_todo <= 0 3657 #endif 3658 ) 3659 { 3660 text_sign = buf_getsigntype(wp->w_buffer, lnum, 3661 SIGN_TEXT); 3662 # ifdef FEAT_SIGN_ICONS 3663 icon_sign = buf_getsigntype(wp->w_buffer, lnum, 3664 SIGN_ICON); 3665 if (gui.in_use && icon_sign != 0) 3666 { 3667 /* Use the image in this position. */ 3668 c_extra = SIGN_BYTE; 3669 # ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG 3670 if (buf_signcount(wp->w_buffer, lnum) > 1) 3671 c_extra = MULTISIGN_BYTE; 3672 # endif 3673 char_attr = icon_sign; 3674 } 3675 else 3676 # endif 3677 if (text_sign != 0) 3678 { 3679 p_extra = sign_get_text(text_sign); 3680 if (p_extra != NULL) 3681 { 3682 c_extra = NUL; 3683 n_extra = (int)STRLEN(p_extra); 3684 } 3685 char_attr = sign_get_attr(text_sign, FALSE); 3686 } 3687 } 3688 } 3689 } 3690 #endif 3691 3692 if (draw_state == WL_NR - 1 && n_extra == 0) 3693 { 3694 draw_state = WL_NR; 3695 /* Display the absolute or relative line number. After the 3696 * first fill with blanks when the 'n' flag isn't in 'cpo' */ 3697 if ((wp->w_p_nu || wp->w_p_rnu) 3698 && (row == startrow 3699 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 3700 + filler_lines 3701 #endif 3702 || vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_NUMCOL) == NULL)) 3703 { 3704 /* Draw the line number (empty space after wrapping). */ 3705 if (row == startrow 3706 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 3707 + filler_lines 3708 #endif 3709 ) 3710 { 3711 long num; 3712 char *fmt = "%*ld "; 3713 3714 if (wp->w_p_nu && !wp->w_p_rnu) 3715 /* 'number' + 'norelativenumber' */ 3716 num = (long)lnum; 3717 else 3718 { 3719 /* 'relativenumber', don't use negative numbers */ 3720 num = labs((long)get_cursor_rel_lnum(wp, lnum)); 3721 if (num == 0 && wp->w_p_nu && wp->w_p_rnu) 3722 { 3723 /* 'number' + 'relativenumber' */ 3724 num = lnum; 3725 fmt = "%-*ld "; 3726 } 3727 } 3728 3729 sprintf((char *)extra, fmt, 3730 number_width(wp), num); 3731 if (wp->w_skipcol > 0) 3732 for (p_extra = extra; *p_extra == ' '; ++p_extra) 3733 *p_extra = '-'; 3734 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 3735 if (wp->w_p_rl) /* reverse line numbers */ 3736 rl_mirror(extra); 3737 #endif 3738 p_extra = extra; 3739 c_extra = NUL; 3740 } 3741 else 3742 c_extra = ' '; 3743 n_extra = number_width(wp) + 1; 3744 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_N); 3745 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 3746 /* When 'cursorline' is set highlight the line number of 3747 * the current line differently. 3748 * TODO: Can we use CursorLine instead of CursorLineNr 3749 * when CursorLineNr isn't set? */ 3750 if ((wp->w_p_cul || wp->w_p_rnu) 3751 && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum) 3752 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_CLN); 3753 #endif 3754 } 3755 } 3756 3757 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 3758 if (wp->w_p_brisbr && draw_state == WL_BRI - 1 3759 && n_extra == 0 && *p_sbr != NUL) 3760 /* draw indent after showbreak value */ 3761 draw_state = WL_BRI; 3762 else if (wp->w_p_brisbr && draw_state == WL_SBR && n_extra == 0) 3763 /* After the showbreak, draw the breakindent */ 3764 draw_state = WL_BRI - 1; 3765 3766 /* draw 'breakindent': indent wrapped text accordingly */ 3767 if (draw_state == WL_BRI - 1 && n_extra == 0) 3768 { 3769 draw_state = WL_BRI; 3770 if (wp->w_p_bri && n_extra == 0 && row != startrow 3771 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF 3772 && filler_lines == 0 3773 # endif 3774 ) 3775 { 3776 char_attr = 0; /* was: hl_attr(HLF_AT); */ 3777 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF 3778 if (diff_hlf != (hlf_T)0) 3779 { 3780 char_attr = hl_attr(diff_hlf); 3781 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 3782 if (wp->w_p_cul && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum) 3783 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(char_attr, 3784 hl_attr(HLF_CUL)); 3785 # endif 3786 } 3787 # endif 3788 p_extra = NULL; 3789 c_extra = ' '; 3790 n_extra = get_breakindent_win(wp, 3791 ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE)); 3792 /* Correct end of highlighted area for 'breakindent', 3793 * required when 'linebreak' is also set. */ 3794 if (tocol == vcol) 3795 tocol += n_extra; 3796 } 3797 } 3798 #endif 3799 3800 #if defined(FEAT_LINEBREAK) || defined(FEAT_DIFF) 3801 if (draw_state == WL_SBR - 1 && n_extra == 0) 3802 { 3803 draw_state = WL_SBR; 3804 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF 3805 if (filler_todo > 0) 3806 { 3807 /* Draw "deleted" diff line(s). */ 3808 if (char2cells(fill_diff) > 1) 3809 c_extra = '-'; 3810 else 3811 c_extra = fill_diff; 3812 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 3813 if (wp->w_p_rl) 3814 n_extra = col + 1; 3815 else 3816 # endif 3817 n_extra = W_WIDTH(wp) - col; 3818 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_DED); 3819 } 3820 # endif 3821 # ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 3822 if (*p_sbr != NUL && need_showbreak) 3823 { 3824 /* Draw 'showbreak' at the start of each broken line. */ 3825 p_extra = p_sbr; 3826 c_extra = NUL; 3827 n_extra = (int)STRLEN(p_sbr); 3828 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT); 3829 need_showbreak = FALSE; 3830 vcol_sbr = vcol + MB_CHARLEN(p_sbr); 3831 /* Correct end of highlighted area for 'showbreak', 3832 * required when 'linebreak' is also set. */ 3833 if (tocol == vcol) 3834 tocol += n_extra; 3835 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 3836 /* combine 'showbreak' with 'cursorline' */ 3837 if (wp->w_p_cul && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum) 3838 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(char_attr, 3839 hl_attr(HLF_CUL)); 3840 #endif 3841 } 3842 # endif 3843 } 3844 #endif 3845 3846 if (draw_state == WL_LINE - 1 && n_extra == 0) 3847 { 3848 draw_state = WL_LINE; 3849 if (saved_n_extra) 3850 { 3851 /* Continue item from end of wrapped line. */ 3852 n_extra = saved_n_extra; 3853 c_extra = saved_c_extra; 3854 p_extra = saved_p_extra; 3855 char_attr = saved_char_attr; 3856 } 3857 else 3858 char_attr = 0; 3859 } 3860 } 3861 3862 /* When still displaying '$' of change command, stop at cursor */ 3863 if (dollar_vcol >= 0 && wp == curwin 3864 && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum && vcol >= (long)wp->w_virtcol 3865 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 3866 && filler_todo <= 0 3867 #endif 3868 ) 3869 { 3870 SCREEN_LINE(screen_row, W_WINCOL(wp), col, -(int)W_WIDTH(wp), 3871 wp->w_p_rl); 3872 /* Pretend we have finished updating the window. Except when 3873 * 'cursorcolumn' is set. */ 3874 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 3875 if (wp->w_p_cuc) 3876 row = wp->w_cline_row + wp->w_cline_height; 3877 else 3878 #endif 3879 row = wp->w_height; 3880 break; 3881 } 3882 3883 if (draw_state == WL_LINE && area_highlighting) 3884 { 3885 /* handle Visual or match highlighting in this line */ 3886 if (vcol == fromcol 3887 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 3888 || (has_mbyte && vcol + 1 == fromcol && n_extra == 0 3889 && (*mb_ptr2cells)(ptr) > 1) 3890 #endif 3891 || ((int)vcol_prev == fromcol_prev 3892 && vcol_prev < vcol /* not at margin */ 3893 && vcol < tocol)) 3894 area_attr = attr; /* start highlighting */ 3895 else if (area_attr != 0 3896 && (vcol == tocol 3897 || (noinvcur && (colnr_T)vcol == wp->w_virtcol))) 3898 area_attr = 0; /* stop highlighting */ 3899 3900 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 3901 if (!n_extra) 3902 { 3903 /* 3904 * Check for start/end of search pattern match. 3905 * After end, check for start/end of next match. 3906 * When another match, have to check for start again. 3907 * Watch out for matching an empty string! 3908 * Do this for 'search_hl' and the match list (ordered by 3909 * priority). 3910 */ 3911 v = (long)(ptr - line); 3912 cur = wp->w_match_head; 3913 shl_flag = FALSE; 3914 while (cur != NULL || shl_flag == FALSE) 3915 { 3916 if (shl_flag == FALSE 3917 && ((cur != NULL 3918 && cur->priority > SEARCH_HL_PRIORITY) 3919 || cur == NULL)) 3920 { 3921 shl = &search_hl; 3922 shl_flag = TRUE; 3923 } 3924 else 3925 shl = &cur->hl; 3926 if (cur != NULL) 3927 cur->pos.cur = 0; 3928 pos_inprogress = TRUE; 3929 while (shl->rm.regprog != NULL 3930 || (cur != NULL && pos_inprogress)) 3931 { 3932 if (shl->startcol != MAXCOL 3933 && v >= (long)shl->startcol 3934 && v < (long)shl->endcol) 3935 { 3936 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 3937 int tmp_col = v + MB_PTR2LEN(ptr); 3938 3939 if (shl->endcol < tmp_col) 3940 shl->endcol = tmp_col; 3941 #endif 3942 shl->attr_cur = shl->attr; 3943 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 3944 if (cur != NULL && syn_name2id((char_u *)"Conceal") 3945 == cur->hlg_id) 3946 { 3947 has_match_conc = TRUE; 3948 match_conc = cur->conceal_char; 3949 } 3950 else 3951 has_match_conc = match_conc = FALSE; 3952 #endif 3953 } 3954 else if (v == (long)shl->endcol) 3955 { 3956 shl->attr_cur = 0; 3957 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 3958 prev_syntax_id = 0; 3959 #endif 3960 next_search_hl(wp, shl, lnum, (colnr_T)v, cur); 3961 pos_inprogress = cur == NULL || cur->pos.cur == 0 3962 ? FALSE : TRUE; 3963 3964 /* Need to get the line again, a multi-line regexp 3965 * may have made it invalid. */ 3966 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE); 3967 ptr = line + v; 3968 3969 if (shl->lnum == lnum) 3970 { 3971 shl->startcol = shl->rm.startpos[0].col; 3972 if (shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum == 0) 3973 shl->endcol = shl->rm.endpos[0].col; 3974 else 3975 shl->endcol = MAXCOL; 3976 3977 if (shl->startcol == shl->endcol) 3978 { 3979 /* highlight empty match, try again after 3980 * it */ 3981 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 3982 if (has_mbyte) 3983 shl->endcol += (*mb_ptr2len)(line 3984 + shl->endcol); 3985 else 3986 #endif 3987 ++shl->endcol; 3988 } 3989 3990 /* Loop to check if the match starts at the 3991 * current position */ 3992 continue; 3993 } 3994 } 3995 break; 3996 } 3997 if (shl != &search_hl && cur != NULL) 3998 cur = cur->next; 3999 } 4000 4001 /* Use attributes from match with highest priority among 4002 * 'search_hl' and the match list. */ 4003 search_attr = search_hl.attr_cur; 4004 cur = wp->w_match_head; 4005 shl_flag = FALSE; 4006 while (cur != NULL || shl_flag == FALSE) 4007 { 4008 if (shl_flag == FALSE 4009 && ((cur != NULL 4010 && cur->priority > SEARCH_HL_PRIORITY) 4011 || cur == NULL)) 4012 { 4013 shl = &search_hl; 4014 shl_flag = TRUE; 4015 } 4016 else 4017 shl = &cur->hl; 4018 if (shl->attr_cur != 0) 4019 search_attr = shl->attr_cur; 4020 if (shl != &search_hl && cur != NULL) 4021 cur = cur->next; 4022 } 4023 } 4024 #endif 4025 4026 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 4027 if (diff_hlf != (hlf_T)0) 4028 { 4029 if (diff_hlf == HLF_CHD && ptr - line >= change_start 4030 && n_extra == 0) 4031 diff_hlf = HLF_TXD; /* changed text */ 4032 if (diff_hlf == HLF_TXD && ptr - line > change_end 4033 && n_extra == 0) 4034 diff_hlf = HLF_CHD; /* changed line */ 4035 line_attr = hl_attr(diff_hlf); 4036 if (wp->w_p_cul && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum) 4037 line_attr = hl_combine_attr(line_attr, hl_attr(HLF_CUL)); 4038 } 4039 #endif 4040 4041 /* Decide which of the highlight attributes to use. */ 4042 attr_pri = TRUE; 4043 #ifdef LINE_ATTR 4044 if (area_attr != 0) 4045 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(line_attr, area_attr); 4046 else if (search_attr != 0) 4047 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(line_attr, search_attr); 4048 /* Use line_attr when not in the Visual or 'incsearch' area 4049 * (area_attr may be 0 when "noinvcur" is set). */ 4050 else if (line_attr != 0 && ((fromcol == -10 && tocol == MAXCOL) 4051 || vcol < fromcol || vcol_prev < fromcol_prev 4052 || vcol >= tocol)) 4053 char_attr = line_attr; 4054 #else 4055 if (area_attr != 0) 4056 char_attr = area_attr; 4057 else if (search_attr != 0) 4058 char_attr = search_attr; 4059 #endif 4060 else 4061 { 4062 attr_pri = FALSE; 4063 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 4064 if (has_syntax) 4065 char_attr = syntax_attr; 4066 else 4067 #endif 4068 char_attr = 0; 4069 } 4070 } 4071 4072 /* 4073 * Get the next character to put on the screen. 4074 */ 4075 /* 4076 * The "p_extra" points to the extra stuff that is inserted to 4077 * represent special characters (non-printable stuff) and other 4078 * things. When all characters are the same, c_extra is used. 4079 * "p_extra" must end in a NUL to avoid mb_ptr2len() reads past 4080 * "p_extra[n_extra]". 4081 * For the '$' of the 'list' option, n_extra == 1, p_extra == "". 4082 */ 4083 if (n_extra > 0) 4084 { 4085 if (c_extra != NUL) 4086 { 4087 c = c_extra; 4088 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4089 mb_c = c; /* doesn't handle non-utf-8 multi-byte! */ 4090 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1) 4091 { 4092 mb_utf8 = TRUE; 4093 u8cc[0] = 0; 4094 c = 0xc0; 4095 } 4096 else 4097 mb_utf8 = FALSE; 4098 #endif 4099 } 4100 else 4101 { 4102 c = *p_extra; 4103 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4104 if (has_mbyte) 4105 { 4106 mb_c = c; 4107 if (enc_utf8) 4108 { 4109 /* If the UTF-8 character is more than one byte: 4110 * Decode it into "mb_c". */ 4111 mb_l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p_extra); 4112 mb_utf8 = FALSE; 4113 if (mb_l > n_extra) 4114 mb_l = 1; 4115 else if (mb_l > 1) 4116 { 4117 mb_c = utfc_ptr2char(p_extra, u8cc); 4118 mb_utf8 = TRUE; 4119 c = 0xc0; 4120 } 4121 } 4122 else 4123 { 4124 /* if this is a DBCS character, put it in "mb_c" */ 4125 mb_l = MB_BYTE2LEN(c); 4126 if (mb_l >= n_extra) 4127 mb_l = 1; 4128 else if (mb_l > 1) 4129 mb_c = (c << 8) + p_extra[1]; 4130 } 4131 if (mb_l == 0) /* at the NUL at end-of-line */ 4132 mb_l = 1; 4133 4134 /* If a double-width char doesn't fit display a '>' in the 4135 * last column. */ 4136 if (( 4137 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 4138 wp->w_p_rl ? (col <= 0) : 4139 # endif 4140 (col >= W_WIDTH(wp) - 1)) 4141 && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) == 2) 4142 { 4143 c = '>'; 4144 mb_c = c; 4145 mb_l = 1; 4146 mb_utf8 = FALSE; 4147 multi_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT); 4148 /* put the pointer back to output the double-width 4149 * character at the start of the next line. */ 4150 ++n_extra; 4151 --p_extra; 4152 } 4153 else 4154 { 4155 n_extra -= mb_l - 1; 4156 p_extra += mb_l - 1; 4157 } 4158 } 4159 #endif 4160 ++p_extra; 4161 } 4162 --n_extra; 4163 } 4164 else 4165 { 4166 if (p_extra_free != NULL) 4167 { 4168 vim_free(p_extra_free); 4169 p_extra_free = NULL; 4170 } 4171 /* 4172 * Get a character from the line itself. 4173 */ 4174 c = *ptr; 4175 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4176 if (has_mbyte) 4177 { 4178 mb_c = c; 4179 if (enc_utf8) 4180 { 4181 /* If the UTF-8 character is more than one byte: Decode it 4182 * into "mb_c". */ 4183 mb_l = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr); 4184 mb_utf8 = FALSE; 4185 if (mb_l > 1) 4186 { 4187 mb_c = utfc_ptr2char(ptr, u8cc); 4188 /* Overlong encoded ASCII or ASCII with composing char 4189 * is displayed normally, except a NUL. */ 4190 if (mb_c < 0x80) 4191 c = mb_c; 4192 mb_utf8 = TRUE; 4193 4194 /* At start of the line we can have a composing char. 4195 * Draw it as a space with a composing char. */ 4196 if (utf_iscomposing(mb_c)) 4197 { 4198 int i; 4199 4200 for (i = Screen_mco - 1; i > 0; --i) 4201 u8cc[i] = u8cc[i - 1]; 4202 u8cc[0] = mb_c; 4203 mb_c = ' '; 4204 } 4205 } 4206 4207 if ((mb_l == 1 && c >= 0x80) 4208 || (mb_l >= 1 && mb_c == 0) 4209 || (mb_l > 1 && (!vim_isprintc(mb_c) 4210 # ifdef UNICODE16 4211 || mb_c >= 0x10000 4212 # endif 4213 ))) 4214 { 4215 /* 4216 * Illegal UTF-8 byte: display as <xx>. 4217 * Non-BMP character : display as ? or fullwidth ?. 4218 */ 4219 # ifdef UNICODE16 4220 if (mb_c < 0x10000) 4221 # endif 4222 { 4223 transchar_hex(extra, mb_c); 4224 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 4225 if (wp->w_p_rl) /* reverse */ 4226 rl_mirror(extra); 4227 # endif 4228 } 4229 # ifdef UNICODE16 4230 else if (utf_char2cells(mb_c) != 2) 4231 STRCPY(extra, "?"); 4232 else 4233 /* 0xff1f in UTF-8: full-width '?' */ 4234 STRCPY(extra, "\357\274\237"); 4235 # endif 4236 4237 p_extra = extra; 4238 c = *p_extra; 4239 mb_c = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p_extra); 4240 mb_utf8 = (c >= 0x80); 4241 n_extra = (int)STRLEN(p_extra); 4242 c_extra = NUL; 4243 if (area_attr == 0 && search_attr == 0) 4244 { 4245 n_attr = n_extra + 1; 4246 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_8); 4247 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ 4248 } 4249 } 4250 else if (mb_l == 0) /* at the NUL at end-of-line */ 4251 mb_l = 1; 4252 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC 4253 else if (p_arshape && !p_tbidi && ARABIC_CHAR(mb_c)) 4254 { 4255 /* Do Arabic shaping. */ 4256 int pc, pc1, nc; 4257 int pcc[MAX_MCO]; 4258 4259 /* The idea of what is the previous and next 4260 * character depends on 'rightleft'. */ 4261 if (wp->w_p_rl) 4262 { 4263 pc = prev_c; 4264 pc1 = prev_c1; 4265 nc = utf_ptr2char(ptr + mb_l); 4266 prev_c1 = u8cc[0]; 4267 } 4268 else 4269 { 4270 pc = utfc_ptr2char(ptr + mb_l, pcc); 4271 nc = prev_c; 4272 pc1 = pcc[0]; 4273 } 4274 prev_c = mb_c; 4275 4276 mb_c = arabic_shape(mb_c, &c, &u8cc[0], pc, pc1, nc); 4277 } 4278 else 4279 prev_c = mb_c; 4280 #endif 4281 } 4282 else /* enc_dbcs */ 4283 { 4284 mb_l = MB_BYTE2LEN(c); 4285 if (mb_l == 0) /* at the NUL at end-of-line */ 4286 mb_l = 1; 4287 else if (mb_l > 1) 4288 { 4289 /* We assume a second byte below 32 is illegal. 4290 * Hopefully this is OK for all double-byte encodings! 4291 */ 4292 if (ptr[1] >= 32) 4293 mb_c = (c << 8) + ptr[1]; 4294 else 4295 { 4296 if (ptr[1] == NUL) 4297 { 4298 /* head byte at end of line */ 4299 mb_l = 1; 4300 transchar_nonprint(extra, c); 4301 } 4302 else 4303 { 4304 /* illegal tail byte */ 4305 mb_l = 2; 4306 STRCPY(extra, "XX"); 4307 } 4308 p_extra = extra; 4309 n_extra = (int)STRLEN(extra) - 1; 4310 c_extra = NUL; 4311 c = *p_extra++; 4312 if (area_attr == 0 && search_attr == 0) 4313 { 4314 n_attr = n_extra + 1; 4315 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_8); 4316 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ 4317 } 4318 mb_c = c; 4319 } 4320 } 4321 } 4322 /* If a double-width char doesn't fit display a '>' in the 4323 * last column; the character is displayed at the start of the 4324 * next line. */ 4325 if (( 4326 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 4327 wp->w_p_rl ? (col <= 0) : 4328 # endif 4329 (col >= W_WIDTH(wp) - 1)) 4330 && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) == 2) 4331 { 4332 c = '>'; 4333 mb_c = c; 4334 mb_utf8 = FALSE; 4335 mb_l = 1; 4336 multi_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT); 4337 /* Put pointer back so that the character will be 4338 * displayed at the start of the next line. */ 4339 --ptr; 4340 } 4341 else if (*ptr != NUL) 4342 ptr += mb_l - 1; 4343 4344 /* If a double-width char doesn't fit at the left side display 4345 * a '<' in the first column. Don't do this for unprintable 4346 * characters. */ 4347 if (n_skip > 0 && mb_l > 1 && n_extra == 0) 4348 { 4349 n_extra = 1; 4350 c_extra = MB_FILLER_CHAR; 4351 c = ' '; 4352 if (area_attr == 0 && search_attr == 0) 4353 { 4354 n_attr = n_extra + 1; 4355 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT); 4356 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ 4357 } 4358 mb_c = c; 4359 mb_utf8 = FALSE; 4360 mb_l = 1; 4361 } 4362 4363 } 4364 #endif 4365 ++ptr; 4366 4367 if (extra_check) 4368 { 4369 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL 4370 int can_spell = TRUE; 4371 #endif 4372 4373 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 4374 /* Get syntax attribute, unless still at the start of the line 4375 * (double-wide char that doesn't fit). */ 4376 v = (long)(ptr - line); 4377 if (has_syntax && v > 0) 4378 { 4379 /* Get the syntax attribute for the character. If there 4380 * is an error, disable syntax highlighting. */ 4381 save_did_emsg = did_emsg; 4382 did_emsg = FALSE; 4383 4384 syntax_attr = get_syntax_attr((colnr_T)v - 1, 4385 # ifdef FEAT_SPELL 4386 has_spell ? &can_spell : 4387 # endif 4388 NULL, FALSE); 4389 4390 if (did_emsg) 4391 { 4392 wp->w_s->b_syn_error = TRUE; 4393 has_syntax = FALSE; 4394 } 4395 else 4396 did_emsg = save_did_emsg; 4397 4398 /* Need to get the line again, a multi-line regexp may 4399 * have made it invalid. */ 4400 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE); 4401 ptr = line + v; 4402 4403 if (!attr_pri) 4404 char_attr = syntax_attr; 4405 else 4406 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(syntax_attr, char_attr); 4407 # ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 4408 /* no concealing past the end of the line, it interferes 4409 * with line highlighting */ 4410 if (c == NUL) 4411 syntax_flags = 0; 4412 else 4413 syntax_flags = get_syntax_info(&syntax_seqnr); 4414 # endif 4415 } 4416 #endif 4417 4418 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL 4419 /* Check spelling (unless at the end of the line). 4420 * Only do this when there is no syntax highlighting, the 4421 * @Spell cluster is not used or the current syntax item 4422 * contains the @Spell cluster. */ 4423 if (has_spell && v >= word_end && v > cur_checked_col) 4424 { 4425 spell_attr = 0; 4426 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 4427 if (!attr_pri) 4428 char_attr = syntax_attr; 4429 # endif 4430 if (c != 0 && ( 4431 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 4432 !has_syntax || 4433 # endif 4434 can_spell)) 4435 { 4436 char_u *prev_ptr, *p; 4437 int len; 4438 hlf_T spell_hlf = HLF_COUNT; 4439 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4440 if (has_mbyte) 4441 { 4442 prev_ptr = ptr - mb_l; 4443 v -= mb_l - 1; 4444 } 4445 else 4446 # endif 4447 prev_ptr = ptr - 1; 4448 4449 /* Use nextline[] if possible, it has the start of the 4450 * next line concatenated. */ 4451 if ((prev_ptr - line) - nextlinecol >= 0) 4452 p = nextline + (prev_ptr - line) - nextlinecol; 4453 else 4454 p = prev_ptr; 4455 cap_col -= (int)(prev_ptr - line); 4456 len = spell_check(wp, p, &spell_hlf, &cap_col, 4457 nochange); 4458 word_end = v + len; 4459 4460 /* In Insert mode only highlight a word that 4461 * doesn't touch the cursor. */ 4462 if (spell_hlf != HLF_COUNT 4463 && (State & INSERT) != 0 4464 && wp->w_cursor.lnum == lnum 4465 && wp->w_cursor.col >= 4466 (colnr_T)(prev_ptr - line) 4467 && wp->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)word_end) 4468 { 4469 spell_hlf = HLF_COUNT; 4470 spell_redraw_lnum = lnum; 4471 } 4472 4473 if (spell_hlf == HLF_COUNT && p != prev_ptr 4474 && (p - nextline) + len > nextline_idx) 4475 { 4476 /* Remember that the good word continues at the 4477 * start of the next line. */ 4478 checked_lnum = lnum + 1; 4479 checked_col = (int)((p - nextline) + len - nextline_idx); 4480 } 4481 4482 /* Turn index into actual attributes. */ 4483 if (spell_hlf != HLF_COUNT) 4484 spell_attr = highlight_attr[spell_hlf]; 4485 4486 if (cap_col > 0) 4487 { 4488 if (p != prev_ptr 4489 && (p - nextline) + cap_col >= nextline_idx) 4490 { 4491 /* Remember that the word in the next line 4492 * must start with a capital. */ 4493 capcol_lnum = lnum + 1; 4494 cap_col = (int)((p - nextline) + cap_col 4495 - nextline_idx); 4496 } 4497 else 4498 /* Compute the actual column. */ 4499 cap_col += (int)(prev_ptr - line); 4500 } 4501 } 4502 } 4503 if (spell_attr != 0) 4504 { 4505 if (!attr_pri) 4506 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(char_attr, spell_attr); 4507 else 4508 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(spell_attr, char_attr); 4509 } 4510 #endif 4511 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 4512 /* 4513 * Found last space before word: check for line break. 4514 */ 4515 if (wp->w_p_lbr && vim_isbreak(c) && !vim_isbreak(*ptr)) 4516 { 4517 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4518 int mb_off = has_mbyte ? (*mb_head_off)(line, ptr - 1) : 0; 4519 # endif 4520 char_u *p = ptr - ( 4521 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4522 mb_off + 4523 # endif 4524 1); 4525 4526 /* TODO: is passing p for start of the line OK? */ 4527 n_extra = win_lbr_chartabsize(wp, line, p, (colnr_T)vcol, 4528 NULL) - 1; 4529 if (c == TAB && n_extra + col > W_WIDTH(wp)) 4530 n_extra = (int)wp->w_buffer->b_p_ts 4531 - vcol % (int)wp->w_buffer->b_p_ts - 1; 4532 4533 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4534 c_extra = mb_off > 0 ? MB_FILLER_CHAR : ' '; 4535 # else 4536 c_extra = ' '; 4537 # endif 4538 if (vim_iswhite(c)) 4539 { 4540 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 4541 if (c == TAB) 4542 /* See "Tab alignment" below. */ 4543 FIX_FOR_BOGUSCOLS; 4544 #endif 4545 if (!wp->w_p_list) 4546 c = ' '; 4547 } 4548 } 4549 #endif 4550 4551 /* 'list': change char 160 to lcs_nbsp and space to lcs_space. 4552 */ 4553 if (wp->w_p_list 4554 && (((c == 160 4555 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4556 || (mb_utf8 && (mb_c == 160 || mb_c == 0x202f)) 4557 #endif 4558 ) && lcs_nbsp) 4559 || (c == ' ' && lcs_space && ptr - line <= trailcol))) 4560 { 4561 c = (c == ' ') ? lcs_space : lcs_nbsp; 4562 if (area_attr == 0 && search_attr == 0) 4563 { 4564 n_attr = 1; 4565 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_8); 4566 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ 4567 } 4568 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4569 mb_c = c; 4570 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1) 4571 { 4572 mb_utf8 = TRUE; 4573 u8cc[0] = 0; 4574 c = 0xc0; 4575 } 4576 else 4577 mb_utf8 = FALSE; 4578 #endif 4579 } 4580 4581 if (trailcol != MAXCOL && ptr > line + trailcol && c == ' ') 4582 { 4583 c = lcs_trail; 4584 if (!attr_pri) 4585 { 4586 n_attr = 1; 4587 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_8); 4588 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ 4589 } 4590 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4591 mb_c = c; 4592 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1) 4593 { 4594 mb_utf8 = TRUE; 4595 u8cc[0] = 0; 4596 c = 0xc0; 4597 } 4598 else 4599 mb_utf8 = FALSE; 4600 #endif 4601 } 4602 } 4603 4604 /* 4605 * Handling of non-printable characters. 4606 */ 4607 if (!vim_isprintc(c)) 4608 { 4609 /* 4610 * when getting a character from the file, we may have to 4611 * turn it into something else on the way to putting it 4612 * into "ScreenLines". 4613 */ 4614 if (c == TAB && (!wp->w_p_list || lcs_tab1)) 4615 { 4616 int tab_len = 0; 4617 long vcol_adjusted = vcol; /* removed showbreak length */ 4618 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 4619 /* only adjust the tab_len, when at the first column 4620 * after the showbreak value was drawn */ 4621 if (*p_sbr != NUL && vcol == vcol_sbr && wp->w_p_wrap) 4622 vcol_adjusted = vcol - MB_CHARLEN(p_sbr); 4623 #endif 4624 /* tab amount depends on current column */ 4625 tab_len = (int)wp->w_buffer->b_p_ts 4626 - vcol_adjusted % (int)wp->w_buffer->b_p_ts - 1; 4627 4628 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 4629 if (!wp->w_p_lbr || !wp->w_p_list) 4630 #endif 4631 /* tab amount depends on current column */ 4632 n_extra = tab_len; 4633 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 4634 else 4635 { 4636 char_u *p; 4637 int len = n_extra; 4638 int i; 4639 int saved_nextra = n_extra; 4640 4641 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 4642 if (vcol_off > 0) 4643 /* there are characters to conceal */ 4644 tab_len += vcol_off; 4645 /* boguscols before FIX_FOR_BOGUSCOLS macro from above 4646 */ 4647 if (wp->w_p_list && lcs_tab1 && old_boguscols > 0 4648 && n_extra > tab_len) 4649 tab_len += n_extra - tab_len; 4650 #endif 4651 4652 /* if n_extra > 0, it gives the number of chars, to 4653 * use for a tab, else we need to calculate the width 4654 * for a tab */ 4655 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4656 len = (tab_len * mb_char2len(lcs_tab2)); 4657 if (n_extra > 0) 4658 len += n_extra - tab_len; 4659 #endif 4660 c = lcs_tab1; 4661 p = alloc((unsigned)(len + 1)); 4662 vim_memset(p, ' ', len); 4663 p[len] = NUL; 4664 p_extra_free = p; 4665 for (i = 0; i < tab_len; i++) 4666 { 4667 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4668 mb_char2bytes(lcs_tab2, p); 4669 p += mb_char2len(lcs_tab2); 4670 n_extra += mb_char2len(lcs_tab2) 4671 - (saved_nextra > 0 ? 1 : 0); 4672 #else 4673 p[i] = lcs_tab2; 4674 #endif 4675 } 4676 p_extra = p_extra_free; 4677 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 4678 /* n_extra will be increased by FIX_FOX_BOGUSCOLS 4679 * macro below, so need to adjust for that here */ 4680 if (vcol_off > 0) 4681 n_extra -= vcol_off; 4682 #endif 4683 } 4684 #endif 4685 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 4686 { 4687 int vc_saved = vcol_off; 4688 4689 /* Tab alignment should be identical regardless of 4690 * 'conceallevel' value. So tab compensates of all 4691 * previous concealed characters, and thus resets 4692 * vcol_off and boguscols accumulated so far in the 4693 * line. Note that the tab can be longer than 4694 * 'tabstop' when there are concealed characters. */ 4695 FIX_FOR_BOGUSCOLS; 4696 4697 /* Make sure, the highlighting for the tab char will be 4698 * correctly set further below (effectively reverts the 4699 * FIX_FOR_BOGSUCOLS macro */ 4700 if (n_extra == tab_len + vc_saved && wp->w_p_list 4701 && lcs_tab1) 4702 tab_len += vc_saved; 4703 } 4704 #endif 4705 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4706 mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* don't draw as UTF-8 */ 4707 #endif 4708 if (wp->w_p_list) 4709 { 4710 c = lcs_tab1; 4711 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 4712 if (wp->w_p_lbr) 4713 c_extra = NUL; /* using p_extra from above */ 4714 else 4715 #endif 4716 c_extra = lcs_tab2; 4717 n_attr = tab_len + 1; 4718 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_8); 4719 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ 4720 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4721 mb_c = c; 4722 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1) 4723 { 4724 mb_utf8 = TRUE; 4725 u8cc[0] = 0; 4726 c = 0xc0; 4727 } 4728 #endif 4729 } 4730 else 4731 { 4732 c_extra = ' '; 4733 c = ' '; 4734 } 4735 } 4736 else if (c == NUL 4737 && (wp->w_p_list 4738 || ((fromcol >= 0 || fromcol_prev >= 0) 4739 && tocol > vcol 4740 && VIsual_mode != Ctrl_V 4741 && ( 4742 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 4743 wp->w_p_rl ? (col >= 0) : 4744 # endif 4745 (col < W_WIDTH(wp))) 4746 && !(noinvcur 4747 && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum 4748 && (colnr_T)vcol == wp->w_virtcol))) 4749 && lcs_eol_one > 0) 4750 { 4751 /* Display a '$' after the line or highlight an extra 4752 * character if the line break is included. */ 4753 #if defined(FEAT_DIFF) || defined(LINE_ATTR) 4754 /* For a diff line the highlighting continues after the 4755 * "$". */ 4756 if ( 4757 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF 4758 diff_hlf == (hlf_T)0 4759 # ifdef LINE_ATTR 4760 && 4761 # endif 4762 # endif 4763 # ifdef LINE_ATTR 4764 line_attr == 0 4765 # endif 4766 ) 4767 #endif 4768 { 4769 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 4770 /* In virtualedit, visual selections may extend 4771 * beyond end of line. */ 4772 if (area_highlighting && virtual_active() 4773 && tocol != MAXCOL && vcol < tocol) 4774 n_extra = 0; 4775 else 4776 #endif 4777 { 4778 p_extra = at_end_str; 4779 n_extra = 1; 4780 c_extra = NUL; 4781 } 4782 } 4783 if (wp->w_p_list && lcs_eol > 0) 4784 c = lcs_eol; 4785 else 4786 c = ' '; 4787 lcs_eol_one = -1; 4788 --ptr; /* put it back at the NUL */ 4789 if (!attr_pri) 4790 { 4791 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT); 4792 n_attr = 1; 4793 } 4794 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4795 mb_c = c; 4796 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1) 4797 { 4798 mb_utf8 = TRUE; 4799 u8cc[0] = 0; 4800 c = 0xc0; 4801 } 4802 else 4803 mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* don't draw as UTF-8 */ 4804 #endif 4805 } 4806 else if (c != NUL) 4807 { 4808 p_extra = transchar(c); 4809 if (n_extra == 0) 4810 n_extra = byte2cells(c) - 1; 4811 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 4812 if ((dy_flags & DY_UHEX) && wp->w_p_rl) 4813 rl_mirror(p_extra); /* reverse "<12>" */ 4814 #endif 4815 c_extra = NUL; 4816 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 4817 if (wp->w_p_lbr) 4818 { 4819 char_u *p; 4820 4821 c = *p_extra; 4822 p = alloc((unsigned)n_extra + 1); 4823 vim_memset(p, ' ', n_extra); 4824 STRNCPY(p, p_extra + 1, STRLEN(p_extra) - 1); 4825 p[n_extra] = NUL; 4826 p_extra_free = p_extra = p; 4827 } 4828 else 4829 #endif 4830 { 4831 n_extra = byte2cells(c) - 1; 4832 c = *p_extra++; 4833 } 4834 if (!attr_pri) 4835 { 4836 n_attr = n_extra + 1; 4837 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_8); 4838 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ 4839 } 4840 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4841 mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* don't draw as UTF-8 */ 4842 #endif 4843 } 4844 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 4845 else if (VIsual_active 4846 && (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V 4847 || VIsual_mode == 'v') 4848 && virtual_active() 4849 && tocol != MAXCOL 4850 && vcol < tocol 4851 && ( 4852 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 4853 wp->w_p_rl ? (col >= 0) : 4854 # endif 4855 (col < W_WIDTH(wp)))) 4856 { 4857 c = ' '; 4858 --ptr; /* put it back at the NUL */ 4859 } 4860 #endif 4861 #if defined(LINE_ATTR) 4862 else if (( 4863 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF 4864 diff_hlf != (hlf_T)0 || 4865 # endif 4866 line_attr != 0 4867 ) && ( 4868 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 4869 wp->w_p_rl ? (col >= 0) : 4870 # endif 4871 (col 4872 # ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 4873 - boguscols 4874 # endif 4875 < W_WIDTH(wp)))) 4876 { 4877 /* Highlight until the right side of the window */ 4878 c = ' '; 4879 --ptr; /* put it back at the NUL */ 4880 4881 /* Remember we do the char for line highlighting. */ 4882 ++did_line_attr; 4883 4884 /* don't do search HL for the rest of the line */ 4885 if (line_attr != 0 && char_attr == search_attr && col > 0) 4886 char_attr = line_attr; 4887 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF 4888 if (diff_hlf == HLF_TXD) 4889 { 4890 diff_hlf = HLF_CHD; 4891 if (attr == 0 || char_attr != attr) 4892 { 4893 char_attr = hl_attr(diff_hlf); 4894 if (wp->w_p_cul && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum) 4895 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(char_attr, 4896 hl_attr(HLF_CUL)); 4897 } 4898 } 4899 # endif 4900 } 4901 #endif 4902 } 4903 4904 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 4905 if ( wp->w_p_cole > 0 4906 && (wp != curwin || lnum != wp->w_cursor.lnum || 4907 conceal_cursor_line(wp) ) 4908 && ( (syntax_flags & HL_CONCEAL) != 0 || has_match_conc) 4909 && !(lnum_in_visual_area 4910 && vim_strchr(wp->w_p_cocu, 'v') == NULL)) 4911 { 4912 char_attr = conceal_attr; 4913 if (prev_syntax_id != syntax_seqnr 4914 && (syn_get_sub_char() != NUL || match_conc 4915 || wp->w_p_cole == 1) 4916 && wp->w_p_cole != 3) 4917 { 4918 /* First time at this concealed item: display one 4919 * character. */ 4920 if (match_conc) 4921 c = match_conc; 4922 else if (syn_get_sub_char() != NUL) 4923 c = syn_get_sub_char(); 4924 else if (lcs_conceal != NUL) 4925 c = lcs_conceal; 4926 else 4927 c = ' '; 4928 4929 prev_syntax_id = syntax_seqnr; 4930 4931 if (n_extra > 0) 4932 vcol_off += n_extra; 4933 vcol += n_extra; 4934 if (wp->w_p_wrap && n_extra > 0) 4935 { 4936 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 4937 if (wp->w_p_rl) 4938 { 4939 col -= n_extra; 4940 boguscols -= n_extra; 4941 } 4942 else 4943 # endif 4944 { 4945 boguscols += n_extra; 4946 col += n_extra; 4947 } 4948 } 4949 n_extra = 0; 4950 n_attr = 0; 4951 } 4952 else if (n_skip == 0) 4953 { 4954 is_concealing = TRUE; 4955 n_skip = 1; 4956 } 4957 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4958 mb_c = c; 4959 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1) 4960 { 4961 mb_utf8 = TRUE; 4962 u8cc[0] = 0; 4963 c = 0xc0; 4964 } 4965 else 4966 mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* don't draw as UTF-8 */ 4967 # endif 4968 } 4969 else 4970 { 4971 prev_syntax_id = 0; 4972 is_concealing = FALSE; 4973 } 4974 #endif /* FEAT_CONCEAL */ 4975 } 4976 4977 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 4978 /* In the cursor line and we may be concealing characters: correct 4979 * the cursor column when we reach its position. */ 4980 if (!did_wcol && draw_state == WL_LINE 4981 && wp == curwin && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum 4982 && conceal_cursor_line(wp) 4983 && (int)wp->w_virtcol <= vcol + n_skip) 4984 { 4985 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 4986 if (wp->w_p_rl) 4987 wp->w_wcol = W_WIDTH(wp) - col + boguscols - 1; 4988 else 4989 # endif 4990 wp->w_wcol = col - boguscols; 4991 wp->w_wrow = row; 4992 did_wcol = TRUE; 4993 } 4994 #endif 4995 4996 /* Don't override visual selection highlighting. */ 4997 if (n_attr > 0 4998 && draw_state == WL_LINE 4999 && !attr_pri) 5000 char_attr = extra_attr; 5001 5002 #if defined(FEAT_XIM) && defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK) 5003 /* XIM don't send preedit_start and preedit_end, but they send 5004 * preedit_changed and commit. Thus Vim can't set "im_is_active", use 5005 * im_is_preediting() here. */ 5006 if (xic != NULL 5007 && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum 5008 && (State & INSERT) 5009 && !p_imdisable 5010 && im_is_preediting() 5011 && draw_state == WL_LINE) 5012 { 5013 colnr_T tcol; 5014 5015 if (preedit_end_col == MAXCOL) 5016 getvcol(curwin, &(wp->w_cursor), &tcol, NULL, NULL); 5017 else 5018 tcol = preedit_end_col; 5019 if ((long)preedit_start_col <= vcol && vcol < (long)tcol) 5020 { 5021 if (feedback_old_attr < 0) 5022 { 5023 feedback_col = 0; 5024 feedback_old_attr = char_attr; 5025 } 5026 char_attr = im_get_feedback_attr(feedback_col); 5027 if (char_attr < 0) 5028 char_attr = feedback_old_attr; 5029 feedback_col++; 5030 } 5031 else if (feedback_old_attr >= 0) 5032 { 5033 char_attr = feedback_old_attr; 5034 feedback_old_attr = -1; 5035 feedback_col = 0; 5036 } 5037 } 5038 #endif 5039 /* 5040 * Handle the case where we are in column 0 but not on the first 5041 * character of the line and the user wants us to show us a 5042 * special character (via 'listchars' option "precedes:<char>". 5043 */ 5044 if (lcs_prec_todo != NUL 5045 && wp->w_p_list 5046 && (wp->w_p_wrap ? wp->w_skipcol > 0 : wp->w_leftcol > 0) 5047 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 5048 && filler_todo <= 0 5049 #endif 5050 && draw_state > WL_NR 5051 && c != NUL) 5052 { 5053 c = lcs_prec; 5054 lcs_prec_todo = NUL; 5055 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5056 if (has_mbyte && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) > 1) 5057 { 5058 /* Double-width character being overwritten by the "precedes" 5059 * character, need to fill up half the character. */ 5060 c_extra = MB_FILLER_CHAR; 5061 n_extra = 1; 5062 n_attr = 2; 5063 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT); 5064 } 5065 mb_c = c; 5066 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1) 5067 { 5068 mb_utf8 = TRUE; 5069 u8cc[0] = 0; 5070 c = 0xc0; 5071 } 5072 else 5073 mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* don't draw as UTF-8 */ 5074 #endif 5075 if (!attr_pri) 5076 { 5077 saved_attr3 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ 5078 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT); /* later copied to char_attr */ 5079 n_attr3 = 1; 5080 } 5081 } 5082 5083 /* 5084 * At end of the text line or just after the last character. 5085 */ 5086 if (c == NUL 5087 #if defined(LINE_ATTR) 5088 || did_line_attr == 1 5089 #endif 5090 ) 5091 { 5092 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 5093 long prevcol = (long)(ptr - line) - (c == NUL); 5094 5095 /* we're not really at that column when skipping some text */ 5096 if ((long)(wp->w_p_wrap ? wp->w_skipcol : wp->w_leftcol) > prevcol) 5097 ++prevcol; 5098 #endif 5099 5100 /* Invert at least one char, used for Visual and empty line or 5101 * highlight match at end of line. If it's beyond the last 5102 * char on the screen, just overwrite that one (tricky!) Not 5103 * needed when a '$' was displayed for 'list'. */ 5104 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 5105 prevcol_hl_flag = FALSE; 5106 if (prevcol == (long)search_hl.startcol) 5107 prevcol_hl_flag = TRUE; 5108 else 5109 { 5110 cur = wp->w_match_head; 5111 while (cur != NULL) 5112 { 5113 if (prevcol == (long)cur->hl.startcol) 5114 { 5115 prevcol_hl_flag = TRUE; 5116 break; 5117 } 5118 cur = cur->next; 5119 } 5120 } 5121 #endif 5122 if (lcs_eol == lcs_eol_one 5123 && ((area_attr != 0 && vcol == fromcol 5124 && (VIsual_mode != Ctrl_V 5125 || lnum == VIsual.lnum 5126 || lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum) 5127 && c == NUL) 5128 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 5129 /* highlight 'hlsearch' match at end of line */ 5130 || (prevcol_hl_flag == TRUE 5131 # if defined(LINE_ATTR) 5132 && did_line_attr <= 1 5133 # endif 5134 ) 5135 #endif 5136 )) 5137 { 5138 int n = 0; 5139 5140 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5141 if (wp->w_p_rl) 5142 { 5143 if (col < 0) 5144 n = 1; 5145 } 5146 else 5147 #endif 5148 { 5149 if (col >= W_WIDTH(wp)) 5150 n = -1; 5151 } 5152 if (n != 0) 5153 { 5154 /* At the window boundary, highlight the last character 5155 * instead (better than nothing). */ 5156 off += n; 5157 col += n; 5158 } 5159 else 5160 { 5161 /* Add a blank character to highlight. */ 5162 ScreenLines[off] = ' '; 5163 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5164 if (enc_utf8) 5165 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; 5166 #endif 5167 } 5168 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 5169 if (area_attr == 0) 5170 { 5171 /* Use attributes from match with highest priority among 5172 * 'search_hl' and the match list. */ 5173 char_attr = search_hl.attr; 5174 cur = wp->w_match_head; 5175 shl_flag = FALSE; 5176 while (cur != NULL || shl_flag == FALSE) 5177 { 5178 if (shl_flag == FALSE 5179 && ((cur != NULL 5180 && cur->priority > SEARCH_HL_PRIORITY) 5181 || cur == NULL)) 5182 { 5183 shl = &search_hl; 5184 shl_flag = TRUE; 5185 } 5186 else 5187 shl = &cur->hl; 5188 if ((ptr - line) - 1 == (long)shl->startcol) 5189 char_attr = shl->attr; 5190 if (shl != &search_hl && cur != NULL) 5191 cur = cur->next; 5192 } 5193 } 5194 #endif 5195 ScreenAttrs[off] = char_attr; 5196 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5197 if (wp->w_p_rl) 5198 { 5199 --col; 5200 --off; 5201 } 5202 else 5203 #endif 5204 { 5205 ++col; 5206 ++off; 5207 } 5208 ++vcol; 5209 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 5210 eol_hl_off = 1; 5211 #endif 5212 } 5213 } 5214 5215 /* 5216 * At end of the text line. 5217 */ 5218 if (c == NUL) 5219 { 5220 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 5221 if (eol_hl_off > 0 && vcol - eol_hl_off == (long)wp->w_virtcol 5222 && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum) 5223 { 5224 /* highlight last char after line */ 5225 --col; 5226 --off; 5227 --vcol; 5228 } 5229 5230 /* Highlight 'cursorcolumn' & 'colorcolumn' past end of the line. */ 5231 if (wp->w_p_wrap) 5232 v = wp->w_skipcol; 5233 else 5234 v = wp->w_leftcol; 5235 5236 /* check if line ends before left margin */ 5237 if (vcol < v + col - win_col_off(wp)) 5238 vcol = v + col - win_col_off(wp); 5239 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 5240 /* Get rid of the boguscols now, we want to draw until the right 5241 * edge for 'cursorcolumn'. */ 5242 col -= boguscols; 5243 boguscols = 0; 5244 #endif 5245 5246 if (draw_color_col) 5247 draw_color_col = advance_color_col(VCOL_HLC, &color_cols); 5248 5249 if (((wp->w_p_cuc 5250 && (int)wp->w_virtcol >= VCOL_HLC - eol_hl_off 5251 && (int)wp->w_virtcol < 5252 W_WIDTH(wp) * (row - startrow + 1) + v 5253 && lnum != wp->w_cursor.lnum) 5254 || draw_color_col) 5255 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5256 && !wp->w_p_rl 5257 # endif 5258 ) 5259 { 5260 int rightmost_vcol = 0; 5261 int i; 5262 5263 if (wp->w_p_cuc) 5264 rightmost_vcol = wp->w_virtcol; 5265 if (draw_color_col) 5266 /* determine rightmost colorcolumn to possibly draw */ 5267 for (i = 0; color_cols[i] >= 0; ++i) 5268 if (rightmost_vcol < color_cols[i]) 5269 rightmost_vcol = color_cols[i]; 5270 5271 while (col < W_WIDTH(wp)) 5272 { 5273 ScreenLines[off] = ' '; 5274 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5275 if (enc_utf8) 5276 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; 5277 #endif 5278 ++col; 5279 if (draw_color_col) 5280 draw_color_col = advance_color_col(VCOL_HLC, 5281 &color_cols); 5282 5283 if (wp->w_p_cuc && VCOL_HLC == (long)wp->w_virtcol) 5284 ScreenAttrs[off++] = hl_attr(HLF_CUC); 5285 else if (draw_color_col && VCOL_HLC == *color_cols) 5286 ScreenAttrs[off++] = hl_attr(HLF_MC); 5287 else 5288 ScreenAttrs[off++] = 0; 5289 5290 if (VCOL_HLC >= rightmost_vcol) 5291 break; 5292 5293 ++vcol; 5294 } 5295 } 5296 #endif 5297 5298 SCREEN_LINE(screen_row, W_WINCOL(wp), col, 5299 (int)W_WIDTH(wp), wp->w_p_rl); 5300 row++; 5301 5302 /* 5303 * Update w_cline_height and w_cline_folded if the cursor line was 5304 * updated (saves a call to plines() later). 5305 */ 5306 if (wp == curwin && lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum) 5307 { 5308 curwin->w_cline_row = startrow; 5309 curwin->w_cline_height = row - startrow; 5310 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 5311 curwin->w_cline_folded = FALSE; 5312 #endif 5313 curwin->w_valid |= (VALID_CHEIGHT|VALID_CROW); 5314 } 5315 5316 break; 5317 } 5318 5319 /* line continues beyond line end */ 5320 if (lcs_ext 5321 && !wp->w_p_wrap 5322 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 5323 && filler_todo <= 0 5324 #endif 5325 && ( 5326 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5327 wp->w_p_rl ? col == 0 : 5328 #endif 5329 col == W_WIDTH(wp) - 1) 5330 && (*ptr != NUL 5331 || (wp->w_p_list && lcs_eol_one > 0) 5332 || (n_extra && (c_extra != NUL || *p_extra != NUL)))) 5333 { 5334 c = lcs_ext; 5335 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT); 5336 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5337 mb_c = c; 5338 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1) 5339 { 5340 mb_utf8 = TRUE; 5341 u8cc[0] = 0; 5342 c = 0xc0; 5343 } 5344 else 5345 mb_utf8 = FALSE; 5346 #endif 5347 } 5348 5349 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 5350 /* advance to the next 'colorcolumn' */ 5351 if (draw_color_col) 5352 draw_color_col = advance_color_col(VCOL_HLC, &color_cols); 5353 5354 /* Highlight the cursor column if 'cursorcolumn' is set. But don't 5355 * highlight the cursor position itself. 5356 * Also highlight the 'colorcolumn' if it is different than 5357 * 'cursorcolumn' */ 5358 vcol_save_attr = -1; 5359 if (draw_state == WL_LINE && !lnum_in_visual_area) 5360 { 5361 if (wp->w_p_cuc && VCOL_HLC == (long)wp->w_virtcol 5362 && lnum != wp->w_cursor.lnum) 5363 { 5364 vcol_save_attr = char_attr; 5365 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(char_attr, hl_attr(HLF_CUC)); 5366 } 5367 else if (draw_color_col && VCOL_HLC == *color_cols) 5368 { 5369 vcol_save_attr = char_attr; 5370 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(char_attr, hl_attr(HLF_MC)); 5371 } 5372 } 5373 #endif 5374 5375 /* 5376 * Store character to be displayed. 5377 * Skip characters that are left of the screen for 'nowrap'. 5378 */ 5379 vcol_prev = vcol; 5380 if (draw_state < WL_LINE || n_skip <= 0) 5381 { 5382 /* 5383 * Store the character. 5384 */ 5385 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) && defined(FEAT_MBYTE) 5386 if (has_mbyte && wp->w_p_rl && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) > 1) 5387 { 5388 /* A double-wide character is: put first halve in left cell. */ 5389 --off; 5390 --col; 5391 } 5392 #endif 5393 ScreenLines[off] = c; 5394 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5395 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) 5396 { 5397 if ((mb_c & 0xff00) == 0x8e00) 5398 ScreenLines[off] = 0x8e; 5399 ScreenLines2[off] = mb_c & 0xff; 5400 } 5401 else if (enc_utf8) 5402 { 5403 if (mb_utf8) 5404 { 5405 int i; 5406 5407 ScreenLinesUC[off] = mb_c; 5408 if ((c & 0xff) == 0) 5409 ScreenLines[off] = 0x80; /* avoid storing zero */ 5410 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i) 5411 { 5412 ScreenLinesC[i][off] = u8cc[i]; 5413 if (u8cc[i] == 0) 5414 break; 5415 } 5416 } 5417 else 5418 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; 5419 } 5420 if (multi_attr) 5421 { 5422 ScreenAttrs[off] = multi_attr; 5423 multi_attr = 0; 5424 } 5425 else 5426 #endif 5427 ScreenAttrs[off] = char_attr; 5428 5429 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5430 if (has_mbyte && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) > 1) 5431 { 5432 /* Need to fill two screen columns. */ 5433 ++off; 5434 ++col; 5435 if (enc_utf8) 5436 /* UTF-8: Put a 0 in the second screen char. */ 5437 ScreenLines[off] = 0; 5438 else 5439 /* DBCS: Put second byte in the second screen char. */ 5440 ScreenLines[off] = mb_c & 0xff; 5441 if (draw_state > WL_NR 5442 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 5443 && filler_todo <= 0 5444 #endif 5445 ) 5446 ++vcol; 5447 /* When "tocol" is halfway a character, set it to the end of 5448 * the character, otherwise highlighting won't stop. */ 5449 if (tocol == vcol) 5450 ++tocol; 5451 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5452 if (wp->w_p_rl) 5453 { 5454 /* now it's time to backup one cell */ 5455 --off; 5456 --col; 5457 } 5458 #endif 5459 } 5460 #endif 5461 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5462 if (wp->w_p_rl) 5463 { 5464 --off; 5465 --col; 5466 } 5467 else 5468 #endif 5469 { 5470 ++off; 5471 ++col; 5472 } 5473 } 5474 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 5475 else if (wp->w_p_cole > 0 && is_concealing) 5476 { 5477 --n_skip; 5478 ++vcol_off; 5479 if (n_extra > 0) 5480 vcol_off += n_extra; 5481 if (wp->w_p_wrap) 5482 { 5483 /* 5484 * Special voodoo required if 'wrap' is on. 5485 * 5486 * Advance the column indicator to force the line 5487 * drawing to wrap early. This will make the line 5488 * take up the same screen space when parts are concealed, 5489 * so that cursor line computations aren't messed up. 5490 * 5491 * To avoid the fictitious advance of 'col' causing 5492 * trailing junk to be written out of the screen line 5493 * we are building, 'boguscols' keeps track of the number 5494 * of bad columns we have advanced. 5495 */ 5496 if (n_extra > 0) 5497 { 5498 vcol += n_extra; 5499 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5500 if (wp->w_p_rl) 5501 { 5502 col -= n_extra; 5503 boguscols -= n_extra; 5504 } 5505 else 5506 # endif 5507 { 5508 col += n_extra; 5509 boguscols += n_extra; 5510 } 5511 n_extra = 0; 5512 n_attr = 0; 5513 } 5514 5515 5516 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5517 if (has_mbyte && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) > 1) 5518 { 5519 /* Need to fill two screen columns. */ 5520 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5521 if (wp->w_p_rl) 5522 { 5523 --boguscols; 5524 --col; 5525 } 5526 else 5527 # endif 5528 { 5529 ++boguscols; 5530 ++col; 5531 } 5532 } 5533 # endif 5534 5535 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5536 if (wp->w_p_rl) 5537 { 5538 --boguscols; 5539 --col; 5540 } 5541 else 5542 # endif 5543 { 5544 ++boguscols; 5545 ++col; 5546 } 5547 } 5548 else 5549 { 5550 if (n_extra > 0) 5551 { 5552 vcol += n_extra; 5553 n_extra = 0; 5554 n_attr = 0; 5555 } 5556 } 5557 5558 } 5559 #endif /* FEAT_CONCEAL */ 5560 else 5561 --n_skip; 5562 5563 /* Only advance the "vcol" when after the 'number' or 'relativenumber' 5564 * column. */ 5565 if (draw_state > WL_NR 5566 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 5567 && filler_todo <= 0 5568 #endif 5569 ) 5570 ++vcol; 5571 5572 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 5573 if (vcol_save_attr >= 0) 5574 char_attr = vcol_save_attr; 5575 #endif 5576 5577 /* restore attributes after "predeces" in 'listchars' */ 5578 if (draw_state > WL_NR && n_attr3 > 0 && --n_attr3 == 0) 5579 char_attr = saved_attr3; 5580 5581 /* restore attributes after last 'listchars' or 'number' char */ 5582 if (n_attr > 0 && draw_state == WL_LINE && --n_attr == 0) 5583 char_attr = saved_attr2; 5584 5585 /* 5586 * At end of screen line and there is more to come: Display the line 5587 * so far. If there is no more to display it is caught above. 5588 */ 5589 if (( 5590 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5591 wp->w_p_rl ? (col < 0) : 5592 #endif 5593 (col >= W_WIDTH(wp))) 5594 && (*ptr != NUL 5595 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 5596 || filler_todo > 0 5597 #endif 5598 || (wp->w_p_list && lcs_eol != NUL && p_extra != at_end_str) 5599 || (n_extra != 0 && (c_extra != NUL || *p_extra != NUL))) 5600 ) 5601 { 5602 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 5603 SCREEN_LINE(screen_row, W_WINCOL(wp), col - boguscols, 5604 (int)W_WIDTH(wp), wp->w_p_rl); 5605 boguscols = 0; 5606 #else 5607 SCREEN_LINE(screen_row, W_WINCOL(wp), col, 5608 (int)W_WIDTH(wp), wp->w_p_rl); 5609 #endif 5610 ++row; 5611 ++screen_row; 5612 5613 /* When not wrapping and finished diff lines, or when displayed 5614 * '$' and highlighting until last column, break here. */ 5615 if ((!wp->w_p_wrap 5616 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 5617 && filler_todo <= 0 5618 #endif 5619 ) || lcs_eol_one == -1) 5620 break; 5621 5622 /* When the window is too narrow draw all "@" lines. */ 5623 if (draw_state != WL_LINE 5624 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 5625 && filler_todo <= 0 5626 #endif 5627 ) 5628 { 5629 win_draw_end(wp, '@', ' ', row, wp->w_height, HLF_AT); 5630 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 5631 draw_vsep_win(wp, row); 5632 #endif 5633 row = endrow; 5634 } 5635 5636 /* When line got too long for screen break here. */ 5637 if (row == endrow) 5638 { 5639 ++row; 5640 break; 5641 } 5642 5643 if (screen_cur_row == screen_row - 1 5644 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 5645 && filler_todo <= 0 5646 #endif 5647 && W_WIDTH(wp) == Columns) 5648 { 5649 /* Remember that the line wraps, used for modeless copy. */ 5650 LineWraps[screen_row - 1] = TRUE; 5651 5652 /* 5653 * Special trick to make copy/paste of wrapped lines work with 5654 * xterm/screen: write an extra character beyond the end of 5655 * the line. This will work with all terminal types 5656 * (regardless of the xn,am settings). 5657 * Only do this on a fast tty. 5658 * Only do this if the cursor is on the current line 5659 * (something has been written in it). 5660 * Don't do this for the GUI. 5661 * Don't do this for double-width characters. 5662 * Don't do this for a window not at the right screen border. 5663 */ 5664 if (p_tf 5665 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 5666 && !gui.in_use 5667 #endif 5668 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5669 && !(has_mbyte 5670 && ((*mb_off2cells)(LineOffset[screen_row], 5671 LineOffset[screen_row] + screen_Columns) 5672 == 2 5673 || (*mb_off2cells)(LineOffset[screen_row - 1] 5674 + (int)Columns - 2, 5675 LineOffset[screen_row] + screen_Columns) 5676 == 2)) 5677 #endif 5678 ) 5679 { 5680 /* First make sure we are at the end of the screen line, 5681 * then output the same character again to let the 5682 * terminal know about the wrap. If the terminal doesn't 5683 * auto-wrap, we overwrite the character. */ 5684 if (screen_cur_col != W_WIDTH(wp)) 5685 screen_char(LineOffset[screen_row - 1] 5686 + (unsigned)Columns - 1, 5687 screen_row - 1, (int)(Columns - 1)); 5688 5689 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5690 /* When there is a multi-byte character, just output a 5691 * space to keep it simple. */ 5692 if (has_mbyte && MB_BYTE2LEN(ScreenLines[LineOffset[ 5693 screen_row - 1] + (Columns - 1)]) > 1) 5694 out_char(' '); 5695 else 5696 #endif 5697 out_char(ScreenLines[LineOffset[screen_row - 1] 5698 + (Columns - 1)]); 5699 /* force a redraw of the first char on the next line */ 5700 ScreenAttrs[LineOffset[screen_row]] = (sattr_T)-1; 5701 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ 5702 } 5703 } 5704 5705 col = 0; 5706 off = (unsigned)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines); 5707 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5708 if (wp->w_p_rl) 5709 { 5710 col = W_WIDTH(wp) - 1; /* col is not used if breaking! */ 5711 off += col; 5712 } 5713 #endif 5714 5715 /* reset the drawing state for the start of a wrapped line */ 5716 draw_state = WL_START; 5717 saved_n_extra = n_extra; 5718 saved_p_extra = p_extra; 5719 saved_c_extra = c_extra; 5720 saved_char_attr = char_attr; 5721 n_extra = 0; 5722 lcs_prec_todo = lcs_prec; 5723 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 5724 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF 5725 if (filler_todo <= 0) 5726 # endif 5727 need_showbreak = TRUE; 5728 #endif 5729 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 5730 --filler_todo; 5731 /* When the filler lines are actually below the last line of the 5732 * file, don't draw the line itself, break here. */ 5733 if (filler_todo == 0 && wp->w_botfill) 5734 break; 5735 #endif 5736 } 5737 5738 } /* for every character in the line */ 5739 5740 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL 5741 /* After an empty line check first word for capital. */ 5742 if (*skipwhite(line) == NUL) 5743 { 5744 capcol_lnum = lnum + 1; 5745 cap_col = 0; 5746 } 5747 #endif 5748 5749 return row; 5750 } 5751 5752 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5753 static int comp_char_differs(int, int); 5754 5755 /* 5756 * Return if the composing characters at "off_from" and "off_to" differ. 5757 * Only to be used when ScreenLinesUC[off_from] != 0. 5758 */ 5759 static int 5760 comp_char_differs(int off_from, int off_to) 5761 { 5762 int i; 5763 5764 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i) 5765 { 5766 if (ScreenLinesC[i][off_from] != ScreenLinesC[i][off_to]) 5767 return TRUE; 5768 if (ScreenLinesC[i][off_from] == 0) 5769 break; 5770 } 5771 return FALSE; 5772 } 5773 #endif 5774 5775 /* 5776 * Check whether the given character needs redrawing: 5777 * - the (first byte of the) character is different 5778 * - the attributes are different 5779 * - the character is multi-byte and the next byte is different 5780 * - the character is two cells wide and the second cell differs. 5781 */ 5782 static int 5783 char_needs_redraw(int off_from, int off_to, int cols) 5784 { 5785 if (cols > 0 5786 && ((ScreenLines[off_from] != ScreenLines[off_to] 5787 || ScreenAttrs[off_from] != ScreenAttrs[off_to]) 5788 5789 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5790 || (enc_dbcs != 0 5791 && MB_BYTE2LEN(ScreenLines[off_from]) > 1 5792 && (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && ScreenLines[off_from] == 0x8e 5793 ? ScreenLines2[off_from] != ScreenLines2[off_to] 5794 : (cols > 1 && ScreenLines[off_from + 1] 5795 != ScreenLines[off_to + 1]))) 5796 || (enc_utf8 5797 && (ScreenLinesUC[off_from] != ScreenLinesUC[off_to] 5798 || (ScreenLinesUC[off_from] != 0 5799 && comp_char_differs(off_from, off_to)) 5800 || ((*mb_off2cells)(off_from, off_from + cols) > 1 5801 && ScreenLines[off_from + 1] 5802 != ScreenLines[off_to + 1]))) 5803 #endif 5804 )) 5805 return TRUE; 5806 return FALSE; 5807 } 5808 5809 /* 5810 * Move one "cooked" screen line to the screen, but only the characters that 5811 * have actually changed. Handle insert/delete character. 5812 * "coloff" gives the first column on the screen for this line. 5813 * "endcol" gives the columns where valid characters are. 5814 * "clear_width" is the width of the window. It's > 0 if the rest of the line 5815 * needs to be cleared, negative otherwise. 5816 * "rlflag" is TRUE in a rightleft window: 5817 * When TRUE and "clear_width" > 0, clear columns 0 to "endcol" 5818 * When FALSE and "clear_width" > 0, clear columns "endcol" to "clear_width" 5819 */ 5820 static void 5821 screen_line( 5822 int row, 5823 int coloff, 5824 int endcol, 5825 int clear_width 5826 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5827 , int rlflag 5828 #endif 5829 ) 5830 { 5831 unsigned off_from; 5832 unsigned off_to; 5833 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5834 unsigned max_off_from; 5835 unsigned max_off_to; 5836 #endif 5837 int col = 0; 5838 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) || defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) 5839 int hl; 5840 #endif 5841 int force = FALSE; /* force update rest of the line */ 5842 int redraw_this /* bool: does character need redraw? */ 5843 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 5844 = TRUE /* For GUI when while-loop empty */ 5845 #endif 5846 ; 5847 int redraw_next; /* redraw_this for next character */ 5848 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5849 int clear_next = FALSE; 5850 int char_cells; /* 1: normal char */ 5851 /* 2: occupies two display cells */ 5852 # define CHAR_CELLS char_cells 5853 #else 5854 # define CHAR_CELLS 1 5855 #endif 5856 5857 /* Check for illegal row and col, just in case. */ 5858 if (row >= Rows) 5859 row = Rows - 1; 5860 if (endcol > Columns) 5861 endcol = Columns; 5862 5863 # ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD 5864 clip_may_clear_selection(row, row); 5865 # endif 5866 5867 off_from = (unsigned)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines); 5868 off_to = LineOffset[row] + coloff; 5869 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5870 max_off_from = off_from + screen_Columns; 5871 max_off_to = LineOffset[row] + screen_Columns; 5872 #endif 5873 5874 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5875 if (rlflag) 5876 { 5877 /* Clear rest first, because it's left of the text. */ 5878 if (clear_width > 0) 5879 { 5880 while (col <= endcol && ScreenLines[off_to] == ' ' 5881 && ScreenAttrs[off_to] == 0 5882 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5883 && (!enc_utf8 || ScreenLinesUC[off_to] == 0) 5884 # endif 5885 ) 5886 { 5887 ++off_to; 5888 ++col; 5889 } 5890 if (col <= endcol) 5891 screen_fill(row, row + 1, col + coloff, 5892 endcol + coloff + 1, ' ', ' ', 0); 5893 } 5894 col = endcol + 1; 5895 off_to = LineOffset[row] + col + coloff; 5896 off_from += col; 5897 endcol = (clear_width > 0 ? clear_width : -clear_width); 5898 } 5899 #endif /* FEAT_RIGHTLEFT */ 5900 5901 redraw_next = char_needs_redraw(off_from, off_to, endcol - col); 5902 5903 while (col < endcol) 5904 { 5905 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5906 if (has_mbyte && (col + 1 < endcol)) 5907 char_cells = (*mb_off2cells)(off_from, max_off_from); 5908 else 5909 char_cells = 1; 5910 #endif 5911 5912 redraw_this = redraw_next; 5913 redraw_next = force || char_needs_redraw(off_from + CHAR_CELLS, 5914 off_to + CHAR_CELLS, endcol - col - CHAR_CELLS); 5915 5916 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 5917 /* If the next character was bold, then redraw the current character to 5918 * remove any pixels that might have spilt over into us. This only 5919 * happens in the GUI. 5920 */ 5921 if (redraw_next && gui.in_use) 5922 { 5923 hl = ScreenAttrs[off_to + CHAR_CELLS]; 5924 if (hl > HL_ALL) 5925 hl = syn_attr2attr(hl); 5926 if (hl & HL_BOLD) 5927 redraw_this = TRUE; 5928 } 5929 #endif 5930 5931 if (redraw_this) 5932 { 5933 /* 5934 * Special handling when 'xs' termcap flag set (hpterm): 5935 * Attributes for characters are stored at the position where the 5936 * cursor is when writing the highlighting code. The 5937 * start-highlighting code must be written with the cursor on the 5938 * first highlighted character. The stop-highlighting code must 5939 * be written with the cursor just after the last highlighted 5940 * character. 5941 * Overwriting a character doesn't remove it's highlighting. Need 5942 * to clear the rest of the line, and force redrawing it 5943 * completely. 5944 */ 5945 if ( p_wiv 5946 && !force 5947 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 5948 && !gui.in_use 5949 #endif 5950 && ScreenAttrs[off_to] != 0 5951 && ScreenAttrs[off_from] != ScreenAttrs[off_to]) 5952 { 5953 /* 5954 * Need to remove highlighting attributes here. 5955 */ 5956 windgoto(row, col + coloff); 5957 out_str(T_CE); /* clear rest of this screen line */ 5958 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ 5959 force = TRUE; /* force redraw of rest of the line */ 5960 redraw_next = TRUE; /* or else next char would miss out */ 5961 5962 /* 5963 * If the previous character was highlighted, need to stop 5964 * highlighting at this character. 5965 */ 5966 if (col + coloff > 0 && ScreenAttrs[off_to - 1] != 0) 5967 { 5968 screen_attr = ScreenAttrs[off_to - 1]; 5969 term_windgoto(row, col + coloff); 5970 screen_stop_highlight(); 5971 } 5972 else 5973 screen_attr = 0; /* highlighting has stopped */ 5974 } 5975 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5976 if (enc_dbcs != 0) 5977 { 5978 /* Check if overwriting a double-byte with a single-byte or 5979 * the other way around requires another character to be 5980 * redrawn. For UTF-8 this isn't needed, because comparing 5981 * ScreenLinesUC[] is sufficient. */ 5982 if (char_cells == 1 5983 && col + 1 < endcol 5984 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to, max_off_to) > 1) 5985 { 5986 /* Writing a single-cell character over a double-cell 5987 * character: need to redraw the next cell. */ 5988 ScreenLines[off_to + 1] = 0; 5989 redraw_next = TRUE; 5990 } 5991 else if (char_cells == 2 5992 && col + 2 < endcol 5993 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to, max_off_to) == 1 5994 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to + 1, max_off_to) > 1) 5995 { 5996 /* Writing the second half of a double-cell character over 5997 * a double-cell character: need to redraw the second 5998 * cell. */ 5999 ScreenLines[off_to + 2] = 0; 6000 redraw_next = TRUE; 6001 } 6002 6003 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) 6004 ScreenLines2[off_to] = ScreenLines2[off_from]; 6005 } 6006 /* When writing a single-width character over a double-width 6007 * character and at the end of the redrawn text, need to clear out 6008 * the right halve of the old character. 6009 * Also required when writing the right halve of a double-width 6010 * char over the left halve of an existing one. */ 6011 if (has_mbyte && col + char_cells == endcol 6012 && ((char_cells == 1 6013 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to, max_off_to) > 1) 6014 || (char_cells == 2 6015 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to, max_off_to) == 1 6016 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to + 1, max_off_to) > 1))) 6017 clear_next = TRUE; 6018 #endif 6019 6020 ScreenLines[off_to] = ScreenLines[off_from]; 6021 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6022 if (enc_utf8) 6023 { 6024 ScreenLinesUC[off_to] = ScreenLinesUC[off_from]; 6025 if (ScreenLinesUC[off_from] != 0) 6026 { 6027 int i; 6028 6029 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i) 6030 ScreenLinesC[i][off_to] = ScreenLinesC[i][off_from]; 6031 } 6032 } 6033 if (char_cells == 2) 6034 ScreenLines[off_to + 1] = ScreenLines[off_from + 1]; 6035 #endif 6036 6037 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) 6038 /* The bold trick makes a single column of pixels appear in the 6039 * next character. When a bold character is removed, the next 6040 * character should be redrawn too. This happens for our own GUI 6041 * and for some xterms. */ 6042 if ( 6043 # ifdef FEAT_GUI 6044 gui.in_use 6045 # endif 6046 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(UNIX) 6047 || 6048 # endif 6049 # ifdef UNIX 6050 term_is_xterm 6051 # endif 6052 ) 6053 { 6054 hl = ScreenAttrs[off_to]; 6055 if (hl > HL_ALL) 6056 hl = syn_attr2attr(hl); 6057 if (hl & HL_BOLD) 6058 redraw_next = TRUE; 6059 } 6060 #endif 6061 ScreenAttrs[off_to] = ScreenAttrs[off_from]; 6062 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6063 /* For simplicity set the attributes of second half of a 6064 * double-wide character equal to the first half. */ 6065 if (char_cells == 2) 6066 ScreenAttrs[off_to + 1] = ScreenAttrs[off_from]; 6067 6068 if (enc_dbcs != 0 && char_cells == 2) 6069 screen_char_2(off_to, row, col + coloff); 6070 else 6071 #endif 6072 screen_char(off_to, row, col + coloff); 6073 } 6074 else if ( p_wiv 6075 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 6076 && !gui.in_use 6077 #endif 6078 && col + coloff > 0) 6079 { 6080 if (ScreenAttrs[off_to] == ScreenAttrs[off_to - 1]) 6081 { 6082 /* 6083 * Don't output stop-highlight when moving the cursor, it will 6084 * stop the highlighting when it should continue. 6085 */ 6086 screen_attr = 0; 6087 } 6088 else if (screen_attr != 0) 6089 screen_stop_highlight(); 6090 } 6091 6092 off_to += CHAR_CELLS; 6093 off_from += CHAR_CELLS; 6094 col += CHAR_CELLS; 6095 } 6096 6097 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6098 if (clear_next) 6099 { 6100 /* Clear the second half of a double-wide character of which the left 6101 * half was overwritten with a single-wide character. */ 6102 ScreenLines[off_to] = ' '; 6103 if (enc_utf8) 6104 ScreenLinesUC[off_to] = 0; 6105 screen_char(off_to, row, col + coloff); 6106 } 6107 #endif 6108 6109 if (clear_width > 0 6110 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 6111 && !rlflag 6112 #endif 6113 ) 6114 { 6115 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 6116 int startCol = col; 6117 #endif 6118 6119 /* blank out the rest of the line */ 6120 while (col < clear_width && ScreenLines[off_to] == ' ' 6121 && ScreenAttrs[off_to] == 0 6122 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6123 && (!enc_utf8 || ScreenLinesUC[off_to] == 0) 6124 #endif 6125 ) 6126 { 6127 ++off_to; 6128 ++col; 6129 } 6130 if (col < clear_width) 6131 { 6132 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 6133 /* 6134 * In the GUI, clearing the rest of the line may leave pixels 6135 * behind if the first character cleared was bold. Some bold 6136 * fonts spill over the left. In this case we redraw the previous 6137 * character too. If we didn't skip any blanks above, then we 6138 * only redraw if the character wasn't already redrawn anyway. 6139 */ 6140 if (gui.in_use && (col > startCol || !redraw_this)) 6141 { 6142 hl = ScreenAttrs[off_to]; 6143 if (hl > HL_ALL || (hl & HL_BOLD)) 6144 { 6145 int prev_cells = 1; 6146 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6147 if (enc_utf8) 6148 /* for utf-8, ScreenLines[char_offset + 1] == 0 means 6149 * that its width is 2. */ 6150 prev_cells = ScreenLines[off_to - 1] == 0 ? 2 : 1; 6151 else if (enc_dbcs != 0) 6152 { 6153 /* find previous character by counting from first 6154 * column and get its width. */ 6155 unsigned off = LineOffset[row]; 6156 unsigned max_off = LineOffset[row] + screen_Columns; 6157 6158 while (off < off_to) 6159 { 6160 prev_cells = (*mb_off2cells)(off, max_off); 6161 off += prev_cells; 6162 } 6163 } 6164 6165 if (enc_dbcs != 0 && prev_cells > 1) 6166 screen_char_2(off_to - prev_cells, row, 6167 col + coloff - prev_cells); 6168 else 6169 # endif 6170 screen_char(off_to - prev_cells, row, 6171 col + coloff - prev_cells); 6172 } 6173 } 6174 #endif 6175 screen_fill(row, row + 1, col + coloff, clear_width + coloff, 6176 ' ', ' ', 0); 6177 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 6178 off_to += clear_width - col; 6179 col = clear_width; 6180 #endif 6181 } 6182 } 6183 6184 if (clear_width > 0) 6185 { 6186 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 6187 /* For a window that's left of another, draw the separator char. */ 6188 if (col + coloff < Columns) 6189 { 6190 int c; 6191 6192 c = fillchar_vsep(&hl); 6193 if (ScreenLines[off_to] != (schar_T)c 6194 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6195 || (enc_utf8 && (int)ScreenLinesUC[off_to] 6196 != (c >= 0x80 ? c : 0)) 6197 # endif 6198 || ScreenAttrs[off_to] != hl) 6199 { 6200 ScreenLines[off_to] = c; 6201 ScreenAttrs[off_to] = hl; 6202 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6203 if (enc_utf8) 6204 { 6205 if (c >= 0x80) 6206 { 6207 ScreenLinesUC[off_to] = c; 6208 ScreenLinesC[0][off_to] = 0; 6209 } 6210 else 6211 ScreenLinesUC[off_to] = 0; 6212 } 6213 # endif 6214 screen_char(off_to, row, col + coloff); 6215 } 6216 } 6217 else 6218 #endif 6219 LineWraps[row] = FALSE; 6220 } 6221 } 6222 6223 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(PROTO) 6224 /* 6225 * Mirror text "str" for right-left displaying. 6226 * Only works for single-byte characters (e.g., numbers). 6227 */ 6228 void 6229 rl_mirror(char_u *str) 6230 { 6231 char_u *p1, *p2; 6232 int t; 6233 6234 for (p1 = str, p2 = str + STRLEN(str) - 1; p1 < p2; ++p1, --p2) 6235 { 6236 t = *p1; 6237 *p1 = *p2; 6238 *p2 = t; 6239 } 6240 } 6241 #endif 6242 6243 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(PROTO) 6244 /* 6245 * mark all status lines for redraw; used after first :cd 6246 */ 6247 void 6248 status_redraw_all(void) 6249 { 6250 win_T *wp; 6251 6252 for (wp = firstwin; wp; wp = wp->w_next) 6253 if (wp->w_status_height) 6254 { 6255 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; 6256 redraw_later(VALID); 6257 } 6258 } 6259 6260 /* 6261 * mark all status lines of the current buffer for redraw 6262 */ 6263 void 6264 status_redraw_curbuf(void) 6265 { 6266 win_T *wp; 6267 6268 for (wp = firstwin; wp; wp = wp->w_next) 6269 if (wp->w_status_height != 0 && wp->w_buffer == curbuf) 6270 { 6271 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; 6272 redraw_later(VALID); 6273 } 6274 } 6275 6276 /* 6277 * Redraw all status lines that need to be redrawn. 6278 */ 6279 void 6280 redraw_statuslines(void) 6281 { 6282 win_T *wp; 6283 6284 for (wp = firstwin; wp; wp = wp->w_next) 6285 if (wp->w_redr_status) 6286 win_redr_status(wp); 6287 if (redraw_tabline) 6288 draw_tabline(); 6289 } 6290 #endif 6291 6292 #if (defined(FEAT_WILDMENU) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)) || defined(PROTO) 6293 /* 6294 * Redraw all status lines at the bottom of frame "frp". 6295 */ 6296 void 6297 win_redraw_last_status(frame_T *frp) 6298 { 6299 if (frp->fr_layout == FR_LEAF) 6300 frp->fr_win->w_redr_status = TRUE; 6301 else if (frp->fr_layout == FR_ROW) 6302 { 6303 for (frp = frp->fr_child; frp != NULL; frp = frp->fr_next) 6304 win_redraw_last_status(frp); 6305 } 6306 else /* frp->fr_layout == FR_COL */ 6307 { 6308 frp = frp->fr_child; 6309 while (frp->fr_next != NULL) 6310 frp = frp->fr_next; 6311 win_redraw_last_status(frp); 6312 } 6313 } 6314 #endif 6315 6316 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 6317 /* 6318 * Draw the verticap separator right of window "wp" starting with line "row". 6319 */ 6320 static void 6321 draw_vsep_win(win_T *wp, int row) 6322 { 6323 int hl; 6324 int c; 6325 6326 if (wp->w_vsep_width) 6327 { 6328 /* draw the vertical separator right of this window */ 6329 c = fillchar_vsep(&hl); 6330 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height, 6331 W_ENDCOL(wp), W_ENDCOL(wp) + 1, 6332 c, ' ', hl); 6333 } 6334 } 6335 #endif 6336 6337 #ifdef FEAT_WILDMENU 6338 static int status_match_len(expand_T *xp, char_u *s); 6339 static int skip_status_match_char(expand_T *xp, char_u *s); 6340 6341 /* 6342 * Get the length of an item as it will be shown in the status line. 6343 */ 6344 static int 6345 status_match_len(expand_T *xp, char_u *s) 6346 { 6347 int len = 0; 6348 6349 #ifdef FEAT_MENU 6350 int emenu = (xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUS 6351 || xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUNAMES); 6352 6353 /* Check for menu separators - replace with '|'. */ 6354 if (emenu && menu_is_separator(s)) 6355 return 1; 6356 #endif 6357 6358 while (*s != NUL) 6359 { 6360 s += skip_status_match_char(xp, s); 6361 len += ptr2cells(s); 6362 mb_ptr_adv(s); 6363 } 6364 6365 return len; 6366 } 6367 6368 /* 6369 * Return the number of characters that should be skipped in a status match. 6370 * These are backslashes used for escaping. Do show backslashes in help tags. 6371 */ 6372 static int 6373 skip_status_match_char(expand_T *xp, char_u *s) 6374 { 6375 if ((rem_backslash(s) && xp->xp_context != EXPAND_HELP) 6376 #ifdef FEAT_MENU 6377 || ((xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUS 6378 || xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUNAMES) 6379 && (s[0] == '\t' || (s[0] == '\\' && s[1] != NUL))) 6380 #endif 6381 ) 6382 { 6383 #ifndef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME 6384 if (xp->xp_shell && csh_like_shell() && s[1] == '\\' && s[2] == '!') 6385 return 2; 6386 #endif 6387 return 1; 6388 } 6389 return 0; 6390 } 6391 6392 /* 6393 * Show wildchar matches in the status line. 6394 * Show at least the "match" item. 6395 * We start at item 'first_match' in the list and show all matches that fit. 6396 * 6397 * If inversion is possible we use it. Else '=' characters are used. 6398 */ 6399 void 6400 win_redr_status_matches( 6401 expand_T *xp, 6402 int num_matches, 6403 char_u **matches, /* list of matches */ 6404 int match, 6405 int showtail) 6406 { 6407 #define L_MATCH(m) (showtail ? sm_gettail(matches[m]) : matches[m]) 6408 int row; 6409 char_u *buf; 6410 int len; 6411 int clen; /* length in screen cells */ 6412 int fillchar; 6413 int attr; 6414 int i; 6415 int highlight = TRUE; 6416 char_u *selstart = NULL; 6417 int selstart_col = 0; 6418 char_u *selend = NULL; 6419 static int first_match = 0; 6420 int add_left = FALSE; 6421 char_u *s; 6422 #ifdef FEAT_MENU 6423 int emenu; 6424 #endif 6425 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(FEAT_MENU) 6426 int l; 6427 #endif 6428 6429 if (matches == NULL) /* interrupted completion? */ 6430 return; 6431 6432 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6433 if (has_mbyte) 6434 buf = alloc((unsigned)Columns * MB_MAXBYTES + 1); 6435 else 6436 #endif 6437 buf = alloc((unsigned)Columns + 1); 6438 if (buf == NULL) 6439 return; 6440 6441 if (match == -1) /* don't show match but original text */ 6442 { 6443 match = 0; 6444 highlight = FALSE; 6445 } 6446 /* count 1 for the ending ">" */ 6447 clen = status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(match)) + 3; 6448 if (match == 0) 6449 first_match = 0; 6450 else if (match < first_match) 6451 { 6452 /* jumping left, as far as we can go */ 6453 first_match = match; 6454 add_left = TRUE; 6455 } 6456 else 6457 { 6458 /* check if match fits on the screen */ 6459 for (i = first_match; i < match; ++i) 6460 clen += status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(i)) + 2; 6461 if (first_match > 0) 6462 clen += 2; 6463 /* jumping right, put match at the left */ 6464 if ((long)clen > Columns) 6465 { 6466 first_match = match; 6467 /* if showing the last match, we can add some on the left */ 6468 clen = 2; 6469 for (i = match; i < num_matches; ++i) 6470 { 6471 clen += status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(i)) + 2; 6472 if ((long)clen >= Columns) 6473 break; 6474 } 6475 if (i == num_matches) 6476 add_left = TRUE; 6477 } 6478 } 6479 if (add_left) 6480 while (first_match > 0) 6481 { 6482 clen += status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(first_match - 1)) + 2; 6483 if ((long)clen >= Columns) 6484 break; 6485 --first_match; 6486 } 6487 6488 fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, TRUE); 6489 6490 if (first_match == 0) 6491 { 6492 *buf = NUL; 6493 len = 0; 6494 } 6495 else 6496 { 6497 STRCPY(buf, "< "); 6498 len = 2; 6499 } 6500 clen = len; 6501 6502 i = first_match; 6503 while ((long)(clen + status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(i)) + 2) < Columns) 6504 { 6505 if (i == match) 6506 { 6507 selstart = buf + len; 6508 selstart_col = clen; 6509 } 6510 6511 s = L_MATCH(i); 6512 /* Check for menu separators - replace with '|' */ 6513 #ifdef FEAT_MENU 6514 emenu = (xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUS 6515 || xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUNAMES); 6516 if (emenu && menu_is_separator(s)) 6517 { 6518 STRCPY(buf + len, transchar('|')); 6519 l = (int)STRLEN(buf + len); 6520 len += l; 6521 clen += l; 6522 } 6523 else 6524 #endif 6525 for ( ; *s != NUL; ++s) 6526 { 6527 s += skip_status_match_char(xp, s); 6528 clen += ptr2cells(s); 6529 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6530 if (has_mbyte && (l = (*mb_ptr2len)(s)) > 1) 6531 { 6532 STRNCPY(buf + len, s, l); 6533 s += l - 1; 6534 len += l; 6535 } 6536 else 6537 #endif 6538 { 6539 STRCPY(buf + len, transchar_byte(*s)); 6540 len += (int)STRLEN(buf + len); 6541 } 6542 } 6543 if (i == match) 6544 selend = buf + len; 6545 6546 *(buf + len++) = ' '; 6547 *(buf + len++) = ' '; 6548 clen += 2; 6549 if (++i == num_matches) 6550 break; 6551 } 6552 6553 if (i != num_matches) 6554 { 6555 *(buf + len++) = '>'; 6556 ++clen; 6557 } 6558 6559 buf[len] = NUL; 6560 6561 row = cmdline_row - 1; 6562 if (row >= 0) 6563 { 6564 if (wild_menu_showing == 0) 6565 { 6566 if (msg_scrolled > 0) 6567 { 6568 /* Put the wildmenu just above the command line. If there is 6569 * no room, scroll the screen one line up. */ 6570 if (cmdline_row == Rows - 1) 6571 { 6572 screen_del_lines(0, 0, 1, (int)Rows, TRUE, NULL); 6573 ++msg_scrolled; 6574 } 6575 else 6576 { 6577 ++cmdline_row; 6578 ++row; 6579 } 6580 wild_menu_showing = WM_SCROLLED; 6581 } 6582 else 6583 { 6584 /* Create status line if needed by setting 'laststatus' to 2. 6585 * Set 'winminheight' to zero to avoid that the window is 6586 * resized. */ 6587 if (lastwin->w_status_height == 0) 6588 { 6589 save_p_ls = p_ls; 6590 save_p_wmh = p_wmh; 6591 p_ls = 2; 6592 p_wmh = 0; 6593 last_status(FALSE); 6594 } 6595 wild_menu_showing = WM_SHOWN; 6596 } 6597 } 6598 6599 screen_puts(buf, row, 0, attr); 6600 if (selstart != NULL && highlight) 6601 { 6602 *selend = NUL; 6603 screen_puts(selstart, row, selstart_col, hl_attr(HLF_WM)); 6604 } 6605 6606 screen_fill(row, row + 1, clen, (int)Columns, fillchar, fillchar, attr); 6607 } 6608 6609 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 6610 win_redraw_last_status(topframe); 6611 #else 6612 lastwin->w_redr_status = TRUE; 6613 #endif 6614 vim_free(buf); 6615 } 6616 #endif 6617 6618 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(PROTO) 6619 /* 6620 * Redraw the status line of window wp. 6621 * 6622 * If inversion is possible we use it. Else '=' characters are used. 6623 */ 6624 void 6625 win_redr_status(win_T *wp) 6626 { 6627 int row; 6628 char_u *p; 6629 int len; 6630 int fillchar; 6631 int attr; 6632 int this_ru_col; 6633 static int busy = FALSE; 6634 6635 /* It's possible to get here recursively when 'statusline' (indirectly) 6636 * invokes ":redrawstatus". Simply ignore the call then. */ 6637 if (busy) 6638 return; 6639 busy = TRUE; 6640 6641 wp->w_redr_status = FALSE; 6642 if (wp->w_status_height == 0) 6643 { 6644 /* no status line, can only be last window */ 6645 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; 6646 } 6647 else if (!redrawing() 6648 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 6649 /* don't update status line when popup menu is visible and may be 6650 * drawn over it */ 6651 || pum_visible() 6652 #endif 6653 ) 6654 { 6655 /* Don't redraw right now, do it later. */ 6656 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; 6657 } 6658 #ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT 6659 else if (*p_stl != NUL || *wp->w_p_stl != NUL) 6660 { 6661 /* redraw custom status line */ 6662 redraw_custom_statusline(wp); 6663 } 6664 #endif 6665 else 6666 { 6667 fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, wp == curwin); 6668 6669 get_trans_bufname(wp->w_buffer); 6670 p = NameBuff; 6671 len = (int)STRLEN(p); 6672 6673 if (wp->w_buffer->b_help 6674 #ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX 6675 || wp->w_p_pvw 6676 #endif 6677 || bufIsChanged(wp->w_buffer) 6678 || wp->w_buffer->b_p_ro) 6679 *(p + len++) = ' '; 6680 if (wp->w_buffer->b_help) 6681 { 6682 STRCPY(p + len, _("[Help]")); 6683 len += (int)STRLEN(p + len); 6684 } 6685 #ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX 6686 if (wp->w_p_pvw) 6687 { 6688 STRCPY(p + len, _("[Preview]")); 6689 len += (int)STRLEN(p + len); 6690 } 6691 #endif 6692 if (bufIsChanged(wp->w_buffer)) 6693 { 6694 STRCPY(p + len, "[+]"); 6695 len += 3; 6696 } 6697 if (wp->w_buffer->b_p_ro) 6698 { 6699 STRCPY(p + len, _("[RO]")); 6700 len += 4; 6701 } 6702 6703 this_ru_col = ru_col - (Columns - W_WIDTH(wp)); 6704 if (this_ru_col < (W_WIDTH(wp) + 1) / 2) 6705 this_ru_col = (W_WIDTH(wp) + 1) / 2; 6706 if (this_ru_col <= 1) 6707 { 6708 p = (char_u *)"<"; /* No room for file name! */ 6709 len = 1; 6710 } 6711 else 6712 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6713 if (has_mbyte) 6714 { 6715 int clen = 0, i; 6716 6717 /* Count total number of display cells. */ 6718 clen = mb_string2cells(p, -1); 6719 6720 /* Find first character that will fit. 6721 * Going from start to end is much faster for DBCS. */ 6722 for (i = 0; p[i] != NUL && clen >= this_ru_col - 1; 6723 i += (*mb_ptr2len)(p + i)) 6724 clen -= (*mb_ptr2cells)(p + i); 6725 len = clen; 6726 if (i > 0) 6727 { 6728 p = p + i - 1; 6729 *p = '<'; 6730 ++len; 6731 } 6732 6733 } 6734 else 6735 #endif 6736 if (len > this_ru_col - 1) 6737 { 6738 p += len - (this_ru_col - 1); 6739 *p = '<'; 6740 len = this_ru_col - 1; 6741 } 6742 6743 row = W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height; 6744 screen_puts(p, row, W_WINCOL(wp), attr); 6745 screen_fill(row, row + 1, len + W_WINCOL(wp), 6746 this_ru_col + W_WINCOL(wp), fillchar, fillchar, attr); 6747 6748 if (get_keymap_str(wp, NameBuff, MAXPATHL) 6749 && (int)(this_ru_col - len) > (int)(STRLEN(NameBuff) + 1)) 6750 screen_puts(NameBuff, row, (int)(this_ru_col - STRLEN(NameBuff) 6751 - 1 + W_WINCOL(wp)), attr); 6752 6753 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 6754 win_redr_ruler(wp, TRUE); 6755 #endif 6756 } 6757 6758 /* 6759 * May need to draw the character below the vertical separator. 6760 */ 6761 if (wp->w_vsep_width != 0 && wp->w_status_height != 0 && redrawing()) 6762 { 6763 if (stl_connected(wp)) 6764 fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, wp == curwin); 6765 else 6766 fillchar = fillchar_vsep(&attr); 6767 screen_putchar(fillchar, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height, W_ENDCOL(wp), 6768 attr); 6769 } 6770 busy = FALSE; 6771 } 6772 6773 #ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT 6774 /* 6775 * Redraw the status line according to 'statusline' and take care of any 6776 * errors encountered. 6777 */ 6778 static void 6779 redraw_custom_statusline(win_T *wp) 6780 { 6781 static int entered = FALSE; 6782 int save_called_emsg = called_emsg; 6783 6784 /* When called recursively return. This can happen when the statusline 6785 * contains an expression that triggers a redraw. */ 6786 if (entered) 6787 return; 6788 entered = TRUE; 6789 6790 called_emsg = FALSE; 6791 win_redr_custom(wp, FALSE); 6792 if (called_emsg) 6793 { 6794 /* When there is an error disable the statusline, otherwise the 6795 * display is messed up with errors and a redraw triggers the problem 6796 * again and again. */ 6797 set_string_option_direct((char_u *)"statusline", -1, 6798 (char_u *)"", OPT_FREE | (*wp->w_p_stl != NUL 6799 ? OPT_LOCAL : OPT_GLOBAL), SID_ERROR); 6800 } 6801 called_emsg |= save_called_emsg; 6802 entered = FALSE; 6803 } 6804 #endif 6805 6806 /* 6807 * Return TRUE if the status line of window "wp" is connected to the status 6808 * line of the window right of it. If not, then it's a vertical separator. 6809 * Only call if (wp->w_vsep_width != 0). 6810 */ 6811 int 6812 stl_connected(win_T *wp) 6813 { 6814 frame_T *fr; 6815 6816 fr = wp->w_frame; 6817 while (fr->fr_parent != NULL) 6818 { 6819 if (fr->fr_parent->fr_layout == FR_COL) 6820 { 6821 if (fr->fr_next != NULL) 6822 break; 6823 } 6824 else 6825 { 6826 if (fr->fr_next != NULL) 6827 return TRUE; 6828 } 6829 fr = fr->fr_parent; 6830 } 6831 return FALSE; 6832 } 6833 6834 #endif /* FEAT_WINDOWS */ 6835 6836 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) || defined(PROTO) 6837 /* 6838 * Get the value to show for the language mappings, active 'keymap'. 6839 */ 6840 int 6841 get_keymap_str( 6842 win_T *wp, 6843 char_u *buf, /* buffer for the result */ 6844 int len) /* length of buffer */ 6845 { 6846 char_u *p; 6847 6848 if (wp->w_buffer->b_p_iminsert != B_IMODE_LMAP) 6849 return FALSE; 6850 6851 { 6852 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL 6853 buf_T *old_curbuf = curbuf; 6854 win_T *old_curwin = curwin; 6855 char_u *s; 6856 6857 curbuf = wp->w_buffer; 6858 curwin = wp; 6859 STRCPY(buf, "b:keymap_name"); /* must be writable */ 6860 ++emsg_skip; 6861 s = p = eval_to_string(buf, NULL, FALSE); 6862 --emsg_skip; 6863 curbuf = old_curbuf; 6864 curwin = old_curwin; 6865 if (p == NULL || *p == NUL) 6866 #endif 6867 { 6868 #ifdef FEAT_KEYMAP 6869 if (wp->w_buffer->b_kmap_state & KEYMAP_LOADED) 6870 p = wp->w_buffer->b_p_keymap; 6871 else 6872 #endif 6873 p = (char_u *)"lang"; 6874 } 6875 if ((int)(STRLEN(p) + 3) < len) 6876 sprintf((char *)buf, "<%s>", p); 6877 else 6878 buf[0] = NUL; 6879 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL 6880 vim_free(s); 6881 #endif 6882 } 6883 return buf[0] != NUL; 6884 } 6885 #endif 6886 6887 #if defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) || defined(PROTO) 6888 /* 6889 * Redraw the status line or ruler of window "wp". 6890 * When "wp" is NULL redraw the tab pages line from 'tabline'. 6891 */ 6892 static void 6893 win_redr_custom( 6894 win_T *wp, 6895 int draw_ruler) /* TRUE or FALSE */ 6896 { 6897 static int entered = FALSE; 6898 int attr; 6899 int curattr; 6900 int row; 6901 int col = 0; 6902 int maxwidth; 6903 int width; 6904 int n; 6905 int len; 6906 int fillchar; 6907 char_u buf[MAXPATHL]; 6908 char_u *stl; 6909 char_u *p; 6910 struct stl_hlrec hltab[STL_MAX_ITEM]; 6911 struct stl_hlrec tabtab[STL_MAX_ITEM]; 6912 int use_sandbox = FALSE; 6913 win_T *ewp; 6914 int p_crb_save; 6915 6916 /* There is a tiny chance that this gets called recursively: When 6917 * redrawing a status line triggers redrawing the ruler or tabline. 6918 * Avoid trouble by not allowing recursion. */ 6919 if (entered) 6920 return; 6921 entered = TRUE; 6922 6923 /* setup environment for the task at hand */ 6924 if (wp == NULL) 6925 { 6926 /* Use 'tabline'. Always at the first line of the screen. */ 6927 stl = p_tal; 6928 row = 0; 6929 fillchar = ' '; 6930 attr = hl_attr(HLF_TPF); 6931 maxwidth = Columns; 6932 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL 6933 use_sandbox = was_set_insecurely((char_u *)"tabline", 0); 6934 # endif 6935 } 6936 else 6937 { 6938 row = W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height; 6939 fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, wp == curwin); 6940 maxwidth = W_WIDTH(wp); 6941 6942 if (draw_ruler) 6943 { 6944 stl = p_ruf; 6945 /* advance past any leading group spec - implicit in ru_col */ 6946 if (*stl == '%') 6947 { 6948 if (*++stl == '-') 6949 stl++; 6950 if (atoi((char *)stl)) 6951 while (VIM_ISDIGIT(*stl)) 6952 stl++; 6953 if (*stl++ != '(') 6954 stl = p_ruf; 6955 } 6956 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 6957 col = ru_col - (Columns - W_WIDTH(wp)); 6958 if (col < (W_WIDTH(wp) + 1) / 2) 6959 col = (W_WIDTH(wp) + 1) / 2; 6960 #else 6961 col = ru_col; 6962 if (col > (Columns + 1) / 2) 6963 col = (Columns + 1) / 2; 6964 #endif 6965 maxwidth = W_WIDTH(wp) - col; 6966 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 6967 if (!wp->w_status_height) 6968 #endif 6969 { 6970 row = Rows - 1; 6971 --maxwidth; /* writing in last column may cause scrolling */ 6972 fillchar = ' '; 6973 attr = 0; 6974 } 6975 6976 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL 6977 use_sandbox = was_set_insecurely((char_u *)"rulerformat", 0); 6978 # endif 6979 } 6980 else 6981 { 6982 if (*wp->w_p_stl != NUL) 6983 stl = wp->w_p_stl; 6984 else 6985 stl = p_stl; 6986 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL 6987 use_sandbox = was_set_insecurely((char_u *)"statusline", 6988 *wp->w_p_stl == NUL ? 0 : OPT_LOCAL); 6989 # endif 6990 } 6991 6992 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 6993 col += W_WINCOL(wp); 6994 #endif 6995 } 6996 6997 if (maxwidth <= 0) 6998 goto theend; 6999 7000 /* Temporarily reset 'cursorbind', we don't want a side effect from moving 7001 * the cursor away and back. */ 7002 ewp = wp == NULL ? curwin : wp; 7003 p_crb_save = ewp->w_p_crb; 7004 ewp->w_p_crb = FALSE; 7005 7006 /* Make a copy, because the statusline may include a function call that 7007 * might change the option value and free the memory. */ 7008 stl = vim_strsave(stl); 7009 width = build_stl_str_hl(ewp, buf, sizeof(buf), 7010 stl, use_sandbox, 7011 fillchar, maxwidth, hltab, tabtab); 7012 vim_free(stl); 7013 ewp->w_p_crb = p_crb_save; 7014 7015 /* Make all characters printable. */ 7016 p = transstr(buf); 7017 if (p != NULL) 7018 { 7019 vim_strncpy(buf, p, sizeof(buf) - 1); 7020 vim_free(p); 7021 } 7022 7023 /* fill up with "fillchar" */ 7024 len = (int)STRLEN(buf); 7025 while (width < maxwidth && len < (int)sizeof(buf) - 1) 7026 { 7027 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7028 len += (*mb_char2bytes)(fillchar, buf + len); 7029 #else 7030 buf[len++] = fillchar; 7031 #endif 7032 ++width; 7033 } 7034 buf[len] = NUL; 7035 7036 /* 7037 * Draw each snippet with the specified highlighting. 7038 */ 7039 curattr = attr; 7040 p = buf; 7041 for (n = 0; hltab[n].start != NULL; n++) 7042 { 7043 len = (int)(hltab[n].start - p); 7044 screen_puts_len(p, len, row, col, curattr); 7045 col += vim_strnsize(p, len); 7046 p = hltab[n].start; 7047 7048 if (hltab[n].userhl == 0) 7049 curattr = attr; 7050 else if (hltab[n].userhl < 0) 7051 curattr = syn_id2attr(-hltab[n].userhl); 7052 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 7053 else if (wp != NULL && wp != curwin && wp->w_status_height != 0) 7054 curattr = highlight_stlnc[hltab[n].userhl - 1]; 7055 #endif 7056 else 7057 curattr = highlight_user[hltab[n].userhl - 1]; 7058 } 7059 screen_puts(p, row, col, curattr); 7060 7061 if (wp == NULL) 7062 { 7063 /* Fill the TabPageIdxs[] array for clicking in the tab pagesline. */ 7064 col = 0; 7065 len = 0; 7066 p = buf; 7067 fillchar = 0; 7068 for (n = 0; tabtab[n].start != NULL; n++) 7069 { 7070 len += vim_strnsize(p, (int)(tabtab[n].start - p)); 7071 while (col < len) 7072 TabPageIdxs[col++] = fillchar; 7073 p = tabtab[n].start; 7074 fillchar = tabtab[n].userhl; 7075 } 7076 while (col < Columns) 7077 TabPageIdxs[col++] = fillchar; 7078 } 7079 7080 theend: 7081 entered = FALSE; 7082 } 7083 7084 #endif /* FEAT_STL_OPT */ 7085 7086 /* 7087 * Output a single character directly to the screen and update ScreenLines. 7088 */ 7089 void 7090 screen_putchar(int c, int row, int col, int attr) 7091 { 7092 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; 7093 7094 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7095 if (has_mbyte) 7096 buf[(*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf)] = NUL; 7097 else 7098 #endif 7099 { 7100 buf[0] = c; 7101 buf[1] = NUL; 7102 } 7103 screen_puts(buf, row, col, attr); 7104 } 7105 7106 /* 7107 * Get a single character directly from ScreenLines into "bytes[]". 7108 * Also return its attribute in *attrp; 7109 */ 7110 void 7111 screen_getbytes(int row, int col, char_u *bytes, int *attrp) 7112 { 7113 unsigned off; 7114 7115 /* safety check */ 7116 if (ScreenLines != NULL && row < screen_Rows && col < screen_Columns) 7117 { 7118 off = LineOffset[row] + col; 7119 *attrp = ScreenAttrs[off]; 7120 bytes[0] = ScreenLines[off]; 7121 bytes[1] = NUL; 7122 7123 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7124 if (enc_utf8 && ScreenLinesUC[off] != 0) 7125 bytes[utfc_char2bytes(off, bytes)] = NUL; 7126 else if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && ScreenLines[off] == 0x8e) 7127 { 7128 bytes[0] = ScreenLines[off]; 7129 bytes[1] = ScreenLines2[off]; 7130 bytes[2] = NUL; 7131 } 7132 else if (enc_dbcs && MB_BYTE2LEN(bytes[0]) > 1) 7133 { 7134 bytes[1] = ScreenLines[off + 1]; 7135 bytes[2] = NUL; 7136 } 7137 #endif 7138 } 7139 } 7140 7141 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7142 static int screen_comp_differs(int, int*); 7143 7144 /* 7145 * Return TRUE if composing characters for screen posn "off" differs from 7146 * composing characters in "u8cc". 7147 * Only to be used when ScreenLinesUC[off] != 0. 7148 */ 7149 static int 7150 screen_comp_differs(int off, int *u8cc) 7151 { 7152 int i; 7153 7154 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i) 7155 { 7156 if (ScreenLinesC[i][off] != (u8char_T)u8cc[i]) 7157 return TRUE; 7158 if (u8cc[i] == 0) 7159 break; 7160 } 7161 return FALSE; 7162 } 7163 #endif 7164 7165 /* 7166 * Put string '*text' on the screen at position 'row' and 'col', with 7167 * attributes 'attr', and update ScreenLines[] and ScreenAttrs[]. 7168 * Note: only outputs within one row, message is truncated at screen boundary! 7169 * Note: if ScreenLines[], row and/or col is invalid, nothing is done. 7170 */ 7171 void 7172 screen_puts( 7173 char_u *text, 7174 int row, 7175 int col, 7176 int attr) 7177 { 7178 screen_puts_len(text, -1, row, col, attr); 7179 } 7180 7181 /* 7182 * Like screen_puts(), but output "text[len]". When "len" is -1 output up to 7183 * a NUL. 7184 */ 7185 void 7186 screen_puts_len( 7187 char_u *text, 7188 int textlen, 7189 int row, 7190 int col, 7191 int attr) 7192 { 7193 unsigned off; 7194 char_u *ptr = text; 7195 int len = textlen; 7196 int c; 7197 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7198 unsigned max_off; 7199 int mbyte_blen = 1; 7200 int mbyte_cells = 1; 7201 int u8c = 0; 7202 int u8cc[MAX_MCO]; 7203 int clear_next_cell = FALSE; 7204 # ifdef FEAT_ARABIC 7205 int prev_c = 0; /* previous Arabic character */ 7206 int pc, nc, nc1; 7207 int pcc[MAX_MCO]; 7208 # endif 7209 #endif 7210 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) 7211 int force_redraw_this; 7212 int force_redraw_next = FALSE; 7213 #endif 7214 int need_redraw; 7215 7216 if (ScreenLines == NULL || row >= screen_Rows) /* safety check */ 7217 return; 7218 off = LineOffset[row] + col; 7219 7220 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7221 /* When drawing over the right halve of a double-wide char clear out the 7222 * left halve. Only needed in a terminal. */ 7223 if (has_mbyte && col > 0 && col < screen_Columns 7224 # ifdef FEAT_GUI 7225 && !gui.in_use 7226 # endif 7227 && mb_fix_col(col, row) != col) 7228 { 7229 ScreenLines[off - 1] = ' '; 7230 ScreenAttrs[off - 1] = 0; 7231 if (enc_utf8) 7232 { 7233 ScreenLinesUC[off - 1] = 0; 7234 ScreenLinesC[0][off - 1] = 0; 7235 } 7236 /* redraw the previous cell, make it empty */ 7237 screen_char(off - 1, row, col - 1); 7238 /* force the cell at "col" to be redrawn */ 7239 force_redraw_next = TRUE; 7240 } 7241 #endif 7242 7243 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7244 max_off = LineOffset[row] + screen_Columns; 7245 #endif 7246 while (col < screen_Columns 7247 && (len < 0 || (int)(ptr - text) < len) 7248 && *ptr != NUL) 7249 { 7250 c = *ptr; 7251 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7252 /* check if this is the first byte of a multibyte */ 7253 if (has_mbyte) 7254 { 7255 if (enc_utf8 && len > 0) 7256 mbyte_blen = utfc_ptr2len_len(ptr, (int)((text + len) - ptr)); 7257 else 7258 mbyte_blen = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr); 7259 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && c == 0x8e) 7260 mbyte_cells = 1; 7261 else if (enc_dbcs != 0) 7262 mbyte_cells = mbyte_blen; 7263 else /* enc_utf8 */ 7264 { 7265 if (len >= 0) 7266 u8c = utfc_ptr2char_len(ptr, u8cc, 7267 (int)((text + len) - ptr)); 7268 else 7269 u8c = utfc_ptr2char(ptr, u8cc); 7270 mbyte_cells = utf_char2cells(u8c); 7271 # ifdef UNICODE16 7272 /* Non-BMP character: display as ? or fullwidth ?. */ 7273 if (u8c >= 0x10000) 7274 { 7275 u8c = (mbyte_cells == 2) ? 0xff1f : (int)'?'; 7276 if (attr == 0) 7277 attr = hl_attr(HLF_8); 7278 } 7279 # endif 7280 # ifdef FEAT_ARABIC 7281 if (p_arshape && !p_tbidi && ARABIC_CHAR(u8c)) 7282 { 7283 /* Do Arabic shaping. */ 7284 if (len >= 0 && (int)(ptr - text) + mbyte_blen >= len) 7285 { 7286 /* Past end of string to be displayed. */ 7287 nc = NUL; 7288 nc1 = NUL; 7289 } 7290 else 7291 { 7292 nc = utfc_ptr2char_len(ptr + mbyte_blen, pcc, 7293 (int)((text + len) - ptr - mbyte_blen)); 7294 nc1 = pcc[0]; 7295 } 7296 pc = prev_c; 7297 prev_c = u8c; 7298 u8c = arabic_shape(u8c, &c, &u8cc[0], nc, nc1, pc); 7299 } 7300 else 7301 prev_c = u8c; 7302 # endif 7303 if (col + mbyte_cells > screen_Columns) 7304 { 7305 /* Only 1 cell left, but character requires 2 cells: 7306 * display a '>' in the last column to avoid wrapping. */ 7307 c = '>'; 7308 mbyte_cells = 1; 7309 } 7310 } 7311 } 7312 #endif 7313 7314 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) 7315 force_redraw_this = force_redraw_next; 7316 force_redraw_next = FALSE; 7317 #endif 7318 7319 need_redraw = ScreenLines[off] != c 7320 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7321 || (mbyte_cells == 2 7322 && ScreenLines[off + 1] != (enc_dbcs ? ptr[1] : 0)) 7323 || (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU 7324 && c == 0x8e 7325 && ScreenLines2[off] != ptr[1]) 7326 || (enc_utf8 7327 && (ScreenLinesUC[off] != 7328 (u8char_T)(c < 0x80 && u8cc[0] == 0 ? 0 : u8c) 7329 || (ScreenLinesUC[off] != 0 7330 && screen_comp_differs(off, u8cc)))) 7331 #endif 7332 || ScreenAttrs[off] != attr 7333 || exmode_active; 7334 7335 if (need_redraw 7336 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) 7337 || force_redraw_this 7338 #endif 7339 ) 7340 { 7341 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) 7342 /* The bold trick makes a single row of pixels appear in the next 7343 * character. When a bold character is removed, the next 7344 * character should be redrawn too. This happens for our own GUI 7345 * and for some xterms. */ 7346 if (need_redraw && ScreenLines[off] != ' ' && ( 7347 # ifdef FEAT_GUI 7348 gui.in_use 7349 # endif 7350 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(UNIX) 7351 || 7352 # endif 7353 # ifdef UNIX 7354 term_is_xterm 7355 # endif 7356 )) 7357 { 7358 int n = ScreenAttrs[off]; 7359 7360 if (n > HL_ALL) 7361 n = syn_attr2attr(n); 7362 if (n & HL_BOLD) 7363 force_redraw_next = TRUE; 7364 } 7365 #endif 7366 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7367 /* When at the end of the text and overwriting a two-cell 7368 * character with a one-cell character, need to clear the next 7369 * cell. Also when overwriting the left halve of a two-cell char 7370 * with the right halve of a two-cell char. Do this only once 7371 * (mb_off2cells() may return 2 on the right halve). */ 7372 if (clear_next_cell) 7373 clear_next_cell = FALSE; 7374 else if (has_mbyte 7375 && (len < 0 ? ptr[mbyte_blen] == NUL 7376 : ptr + mbyte_blen >= text + len) 7377 && ((mbyte_cells == 1 && (*mb_off2cells)(off, max_off) > 1) 7378 || (mbyte_cells == 2 7379 && (*mb_off2cells)(off, max_off) == 1 7380 && (*mb_off2cells)(off + 1, max_off) > 1))) 7381 clear_next_cell = TRUE; 7382 7383 /* Make sure we never leave a second byte of a double-byte behind, 7384 * it confuses mb_off2cells(). */ 7385 if (enc_dbcs 7386 && ((mbyte_cells == 1 && (*mb_off2cells)(off, max_off) > 1) 7387 || (mbyte_cells == 2 7388 && (*mb_off2cells)(off, max_off) == 1 7389 && (*mb_off2cells)(off + 1, max_off) > 1))) 7390 ScreenLines[off + mbyte_blen] = 0; 7391 #endif 7392 ScreenLines[off] = c; 7393 ScreenAttrs[off] = attr; 7394 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7395 if (enc_utf8) 7396 { 7397 if (c < 0x80 && u8cc[0] == 0) 7398 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; 7399 else 7400 { 7401 int i; 7402 7403 ScreenLinesUC[off] = u8c; 7404 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i) 7405 { 7406 ScreenLinesC[i][off] = u8cc[i]; 7407 if (u8cc[i] == 0) 7408 break; 7409 } 7410 } 7411 if (mbyte_cells == 2) 7412 { 7413 ScreenLines[off + 1] = 0; 7414 ScreenAttrs[off + 1] = attr; 7415 } 7416 screen_char(off, row, col); 7417 } 7418 else if (mbyte_cells == 2) 7419 { 7420 ScreenLines[off + 1] = ptr[1]; 7421 ScreenAttrs[off + 1] = attr; 7422 screen_char_2(off, row, col); 7423 } 7424 else if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && c == 0x8e) 7425 { 7426 ScreenLines2[off] = ptr[1]; 7427 screen_char(off, row, col); 7428 } 7429 else 7430 #endif 7431 screen_char(off, row, col); 7432 } 7433 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7434 if (has_mbyte) 7435 { 7436 off += mbyte_cells; 7437 col += mbyte_cells; 7438 ptr += mbyte_blen; 7439 if (clear_next_cell) 7440 { 7441 /* This only happens at the end, display one space next. */ 7442 ptr = (char_u *)" "; 7443 len = -1; 7444 } 7445 } 7446 else 7447 #endif 7448 { 7449 ++off; 7450 ++col; 7451 ++ptr; 7452 } 7453 } 7454 7455 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) 7456 /* If we detected the next character needs to be redrawn, but the text 7457 * doesn't extend up to there, update the character here. */ 7458 if (force_redraw_next && col < screen_Columns) 7459 { 7460 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7461 if (enc_dbcs != 0 && dbcs_off2cells(off, max_off) > 1) 7462 screen_char_2(off, row, col); 7463 else 7464 # endif 7465 screen_char(off, row, col); 7466 } 7467 #endif 7468 } 7469 7470 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 7471 /* 7472 * Prepare for 'hlsearch' highlighting. 7473 */ 7474 static void 7475 start_search_hl(void) 7476 { 7477 if (p_hls && !no_hlsearch) 7478 { 7479 last_pat_prog(&search_hl.rm); 7480 search_hl.attr = hl_attr(HLF_L); 7481 # ifdef FEAT_RELTIME 7482 /* Set the time limit to 'redrawtime'. */ 7483 profile_setlimit(p_rdt, &search_hl.tm); 7484 # endif 7485 } 7486 } 7487 7488 /* 7489 * Clean up for 'hlsearch' highlighting. 7490 */ 7491 static void 7492 end_search_hl(void) 7493 { 7494 if (search_hl.rm.regprog != NULL) 7495 { 7496 vim_regfree(search_hl.rm.regprog); 7497 search_hl.rm.regprog = NULL; 7498 } 7499 } 7500 7501 /* 7502 * Init for calling prepare_search_hl(). 7503 */ 7504 static void 7505 init_search_hl(win_T *wp) 7506 { 7507 matchitem_T *cur; 7508 7509 /* Setup for match and 'hlsearch' highlighting. Disable any previous 7510 * match */ 7511 cur = wp->w_match_head; 7512 while (cur != NULL) 7513 { 7514 cur->hl.rm = cur->match; 7515 if (cur->hlg_id == 0) 7516 cur->hl.attr = 0; 7517 else 7518 cur->hl.attr = syn_id2attr(cur->hlg_id); 7519 cur->hl.buf = wp->w_buffer; 7520 cur->hl.lnum = 0; 7521 cur->hl.first_lnum = 0; 7522 # ifdef FEAT_RELTIME 7523 /* Set the time limit to 'redrawtime'. */ 7524 profile_setlimit(p_rdt, &(cur->hl.tm)); 7525 # endif 7526 cur = cur->next; 7527 } 7528 search_hl.buf = wp->w_buffer; 7529 search_hl.lnum = 0; 7530 search_hl.first_lnum = 0; 7531 /* time limit is set at the toplevel, for all windows */ 7532 } 7533 7534 /* 7535 * Advance to the match in window "wp" line "lnum" or past it. 7536 */ 7537 static void 7538 prepare_search_hl(win_T *wp, linenr_T lnum) 7539 { 7540 matchitem_T *cur; /* points to the match list */ 7541 match_T *shl; /* points to search_hl or a match */ 7542 int shl_flag; /* flag to indicate whether search_hl 7543 has been processed or not */ 7544 int pos_inprogress; /* marks that position match search is 7545 in progress */ 7546 int n; 7547 7548 /* 7549 * When using a multi-line pattern, start searching at the top 7550 * of the window or just after a closed fold. 7551 * Do this both for search_hl and the match list. 7552 */ 7553 cur = wp->w_match_head; 7554 shl_flag = FALSE; 7555 while (cur != NULL || shl_flag == FALSE) 7556 { 7557 if (shl_flag == FALSE) 7558 { 7559 shl = &search_hl; 7560 shl_flag = TRUE; 7561 } 7562 else 7563 shl = &cur->hl; 7564 if (shl->rm.regprog != NULL 7565 && shl->lnum == 0 7566 && re_multiline(shl->rm.regprog)) 7567 { 7568 if (shl->first_lnum == 0) 7569 { 7570 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 7571 for (shl->first_lnum = lnum; 7572 shl->first_lnum > wp->w_topline; --shl->first_lnum) 7573 if (hasFoldingWin(wp, shl->first_lnum - 1, 7574 NULL, NULL, TRUE, NULL)) 7575 break; 7576 # else 7577 shl->first_lnum = wp->w_topline; 7578 # endif 7579 } 7580 if (cur != NULL) 7581 cur->pos.cur = 0; 7582 pos_inprogress = TRUE; 7583 n = 0; 7584 while (shl->first_lnum < lnum && (shl->rm.regprog != NULL 7585 || (cur != NULL && pos_inprogress))) 7586 { 7587 next_search_hl(wp, shl, shl->first_lnum, (colnr_T)n, cur); 7588 pos_inprogress = cur == NULL || cur->pos.cur == 0 7589 ? FALSE : TRUE; 7590 if (shl->lnum != 0) 7591 { 7592 shl->first_lnum = shl->lnum 7593 + shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum 7594 - shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum; 7595 n = shl->rm.endpos[0].col; 7596 } 7597 else 7598 { 7599 ++shl->first_lnum; 7600 n = 0; 7601 } 7602 } 7603 } 7604 if (shl != &search_hl && cur != NULL) 7605 cur = cur->next; 7606 } 7607 } 7608 7609 /* 7610 * Search for a next 'hlsearch' or match. 7611 * Uses shl->buf. 7612 * Sets shl->lnum and shl->rm contents. 7613 * Note: Assumes a previous match is always before "lnum", unless 7614 * shl->lnum is zero. 7615 * Careful: Any pointers for buffer lines will become invalid. 7616 */ 7617 static void 7618 next_search_hl( 7619 win_T *win, 7620 match_T *shl, /* points to search_hl or a match */ 7621 linenr_T lnum, 7622 colnr_T mincol, /* minimal column for a match */ 7623 matchitem_T *cur) /* to retrieve match positions if any */ 7624 { 7625 linenr_T l; 7626 colnr_T matchcol; 7627 long nmatched; 7628 7629 if (shl->lnum != 0) 7630 { 7631 /* Check for three situations: 7632 * 1. If the "lnum" is below a previous match, start a new search. 7633 * 2. If the previous match includes "mincol", use it. 7634 * 3. Continue after the previous match. 7635 */ 7636 l = shl->lnum + shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum - shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum; 7637 if (lnum > l) 7638 shl->lnum = 0; 7639 else if (lnum < l || shl->rm.endpos[0].col > mincol) 7640 return; 7641 } 7642 7643 /* 7644 * Repeat searching for a match until one is found that includes "mincol" 7645 * or none is found in this line. 7646 */ 7647 called_emsg = FALSE; 7648 for (;;) 7649 { 7650 #ifdef FEAT_RELTIME 7651 /* Stop searching after passing the time limit. */ 7652 if (profile_passed_limit(&(shl->tm))) 7653 { 7654 shl->lnum = 0; /* no match found in time */ 7655 break; 7656 } 7657 #endif 7658 /* Three situations: 7659 * 1. No useful previous match: search from start of line. 7660 * 2. Not Vi compatible or empty match: continue at next character. 7661 * Break the loop if this is beyond the end of the line. 7662 * 3. Vi compatible searching: continue at end of previous match. 7663 */ 7664 if (shl->lnum == 0) 7665 matchcol = 0; 7666 else if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_SEARCH) == NULL 7667 || (shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum == 0 7668 && shl->rm.endpos[0].col <= shl->rm.startpos[0].col)) 7669 { 7670 char_u *ml; 7671 7672 matchcol = shl->rm.startpos[0].col; 7673 ml = ml_get_buf(shl->buf, lnum, FALSE) + matchcol; 7674 if (*ml == NUL) 7675 { 7676 ++matchcol; 7677 shl->lnum = 0; 7678 break; 7679 } 7680 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7681 if (has_mbyte) 7682 matchcol += mb_ptr2len(ml); 7683 else 7684 #endif 7685 ++matchcol; 7686 } 7687 else 7688 matchcol = shl->rm.endpos[0].col; 7689 7690 shl->lnum = lnum; 7691 if (shl->rm.regprog != NULL) 7692 { 7693 /* Remember whether shl->rm is using a copy of the regprog in 7694 * cur->match. */ 7695 int regprog_is_copy = (shl != &search_hl && cur != NULL 7696 && shl == &cur->hl 7697 && cur->match.regprog == cur->hl.rm.regprog); 7698 7699 nmatched = vim_regexec_multi(&shl->rm, win, shl->buf, lnum, 7700 matchcol, 7701 #ifdef FEAT_RELTIME 7702 &(shl->tm) 7703 #else 7704 NULL 7705 #endif 7706 ); 7707 /* Copy the regprog, in case it got freed and recompiled. */ 7708 if (regprog_is_copy) 7709 cur->match.regprog = cur->hl.rm.regprog; 7710 7711 if (called_emsg || got_int) 7712 { 7713 /* Error while handling regexp: stop using this regexp. */ 7714 if (shl == &search_hl) 7715 { 7716 /* don't free regprog in the match list, it's a copy */ 7717 vim_regfree(shl->rm.regprog); 7718 SET_NO_HLSEARCH(TRUE); 7719 } 7720 shl->rm.regprog = NULL; 7721 shl->lnum = 0; 7722 got_int = FALSE; /* avoid the "Type :quit to exit Vim" 7723 message */ 7724 break; 7725 } 7726 } 7727 else if (cur != NULL) 7728 nmatched = next_search_hl_pos(shl, lnum, &(cur->pos), matchcol); 7729 else 7730 nmatched = 0; 7731 if (nmatched == 0) 7732 { 7733 shl->lnum = 0; /* no match found */ 7734 break; 7735 } 7736 if (shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum > 0 7737 || shl->rm.startpos[0].col >= mincol 7738 || nmatched > 1 7739 || shl->rm.endpos[0].col > mincol) 7740 { 7741 shl->lnum += shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum; 7742 break; /* useful match found */ 7743 } 7744 } 7745 } 7746 7747 static int 7748 next_search_hl_pos( 7749 match_T *shl, /* points to a match */ 7750 linenr_T lnum, 7751 posmatch_T *posmatch, /* match positions */ 7752 colnr_T mincol) /* minimal column for a match */ 7753 { 7754 int i; 7755 int bot = -1; 7756 7757 shl->lnum = 0; 7758 for (i = posmatch->cur; i < MAXPOSMATCH; i++) 7759 { 7760 if (posmatch->pos[i].lnum == 0) 7761 break; 7762 if (posmatch->pos[i].col < mincol) 7763 continue; 7764 if (posmatch->pos[i].lnum == lnum) 7765 { 7766 if (shl->lnum == lnum) 7767 { 7768 /* partially sort positions by column numbers 7769 * on the same line */ 7770 if (posmatch->pos[i].col < posmatch->pos[bot].col) 7771 { 7772 llpos_T tmp = posmatch->pos[i]; 7773 7774 posmatch->pos[i] = posmatch->pos[bot]; 7775 posmatch->pos[bot] = tmp; 7776 } 7777 } 7778 else 7779 { 7780 bot = i; 7781 shl->lnum = lnum; 7782 } 7783 } 7784 } 7785 posmatch->cur = 0; 7786 if (shl->lnum == lnum && bot >= 0) 7787 { 7788 colnr_T start = posmatch->pos[bot].col == 0 7789 ? 0 : posmatch->pos[bot].col - 1; 7790 colnr_T end = posmatch->pos[bot].col == 0 7791 ? MAXCOL : start + posmatch->pos[bot].len; 7792 7793 shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum = 0; 7794 shl->rm.startpos[0].col = start; 7795 shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum = 0; 7796 shl->rm.endpos[0].col = end; 7797 posmatch->cur = bot + 1; 7798 return TRUE; 7799 } 7800 return FALSE; 7801 } 7802 #endif 7803 7804 static void 7805 screen_start_highlight(int attr) 7806 { 7807 attrentry_T *aep = NULL; 7808 7809 screen_attr = attr; 7810 if (full_screen 7811 #ifdef WIN3264 7812 && termcap_active 7813 #endif 7814 ) 7815 { 7816 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 7817 if (gui.in_use) 7818 { 7819 char buf[20]; 7820 7821 /* The GUI handles this internally. */ 7822 sprintf(buf, IF_EB("\033|%dh", ESC_STR "|%dh"), attr); 7823 OUT_STR(buf); 7824 } 7825 else 7826 #endif 7827 { 7828 if (attr > HL_ALL) /* special HL attr. */ 7829 { 7830 if (t_colors > 1) 7831 aep = syn_cterm_attr2entry(attr); 7832 else 7833 aep = syn_term_attr2entry(attr); 7834 if (aep == NULL) /* did ":syntax clear" */ 7835 attr = 0; 7836 else 7837 attr = aep->ae_attr; 7838 } 7839 if ((attr & HL_BOLD) && T_MD != NULL) /* bold */ 7840 out_str(T_MD); 7841 else if (aep != NULL && t_colors > 1 && aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color 7842 && cterm_normal_fg_bold) 7843 /* If the Normal FG color has BOLD attribute and the new HL 7844 * has a FG color defined, clear BOLD. */ 7845 out_str(T_ME); 7846 if ((attr & HL_STANDOUT) && T_SO != NULL) /* standout */ 7847 out_str(T_SO); 7848 if ((attr & (HL_UNDERLINE | HL_UNDERCURL)) && T_US != NULL) 7849 /* underline or undercurl */ 7850 out_str(T_US); 7851 if ((attr & HL_ITALIC) && T_CZH != NULL) /* italic */ 7852 out_str(T_CZH); 7853 if ((attr & HL_INVERSE) && T_MR != NULL) /* inverse (reverse) */ 7854 out_str(T_MR); 7855 7856 /* 7857 * Output the color or start string after bold etc., in case the 7858 * bold etc. override the color setting. 7859 */ 7860 if (aep != NULL) 7861 { 7862 if (t_colors > 1) 7863 { 7864 if (aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color) 7865 term_fg_color(aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color - 1); 7866 if (aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color) 7867 term_bg_color(aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color - 1); 7868 } 7869 else 7870 { 7871 if (aep->ae_u.term.start != NULL) 7872 out_str(aep->ae_u.term.start); 7873 } 7874 } 7875 } 7876 } 7877 } 7878 7879 void 7880 screen_stop_highlight(void) 7881 { 7882 int do_ME = FALSE; /* output T_ME code */ 7883 7884 if (screen_attr != 0 7885 #ifdef WIN3264 7886 && termcap_active 7887 #endif 7888 ) 7889 { 7890 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 7891 if (gui.in_use) 7892 { 7893 char buf[20]; 7894 7895 /* use internal GUI code */ 7896 sprintf(buf, IF_EB("\033|%dH", ESC_STR "|%dH"), screen_attr); 7897 OUT_STR(buf); 7898 } 7899 else 7900 #endif 7901 { 7902 if (screen_attr > HL_ALL) /* special HL attr. */ 7903 { 7904 attrentry_T *aep; 7905 7906 if (t_colors > 1) 7907 { 7908 /* 7909 * Assume that t_me restores the original colors! 7910 */ 7911 aep = syn_cterm_attr2entry(screen_attr); 7912 if (aep != NULL && (aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color 7913 || aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color)) 7914 do_ME = TRUE; 7915 } 7916 else 7917 { 7918 aep = syn_term_attr2entry(screen_attr); 7919 if (aep != NULL && aep->ae_u.term.stop != NULL) 7920 { 7921 if (STRCMP(aep->ae_u.term.stop, T_ME) == 0) 7922 do_ME = TRUE; 7923 else 7924 out_str(aep->ae_u.term.stop); 7925 } 7926 } 7927 if (aep == NULL) /* did ":syntax clear" */ 7928 screen_attr = 0; 7929 else 7930 screen_attr = aep->ae_attr; 7931 } 7932 7933 /* 7934 * Often all ending-codes are equal to T_ME. Avoid outputting the 7935 * same sequence several times. 7936 */ 7937 if (screen_attr & HL_STANDOUT) 7938 { 7939 if (STRCMP(T_SE, T_ME) == 0) 7940 do_ME = TRUE; 7941 else 7942 out_str(T_SE); 7943 } 7944 if (screen_attr & (HL_UNDERLINE | HL_UNDERCURL)) 7945 { 7946 if (STRCMP(T_UE, T_ME) == 0) 7947 do_ME = TRUE; 7948 else 7949 out_str(T_UE); 7950 } 7951 if (screen_attr & HL_ITALIC) 7952 { 7953 if (STRCMP(T_CZR, T_ME) == 0) 7954 do_ME = TRUE; 7955 else 7956 out_str(T_CZR); 7957 } 7958 if (do_ME || (screen_attr & (HL_BOLD | HL_INVERSE))) 7959 out_str(T_ME); 7960 7961 if (t_colors > 1) 7962 { 7963 /* set Normal cterm colors */ 7964 if (cterm_normal_fg_color != 0) 7965 term_fg_color(cterm_normal_fg_color - 1); 7966 if (cterm_normal_bg_color != 0) 7967 term_bg_color(cterm_normal_bg_color - 1); 7968 if (cterm_normal_fg_bold) 7969 out_str(T_MD); 7970 } 7971 } 7972 } 7973 screen_attr = 0; 7974 } 7975 7976 /* 7977 * Reset the colors for a cterm. Used when leaving Vim. 7978 * The machine specific code may override this again. 7979 */ 7980 void 7981 reset_cterm_colors(void) 7982 { 7983 if (t_colors > 1) 7984 { 7985 /* set Normal cterm colors */ 7986 if (cterm_normal_fg_color > 0 || cterm_normal_bg_color > 0) 7987 { 7988 out_str(T_OP); 7989 screen_attr = -1; 7990 } 7991 if (cterm_normal_fg_bold) 7992 { 7993 out_str(T_ME); 7994 screen_attr = -1; 7995 } 7996 } 7997 } 7998 7999 /* 8000 * Put character ScreenLines["off"] on the screen at position "row" and "col", 8001 * using the attributes from ScreenAttrs["off"]. 8002 */ 8003 static void 8004 screen_char(unsigned off, int row, int col) 8005 { 8006 int attr; 8007 8008 /* Check for illegal values, just in case (could happen just after 8009 * resizing). */ 8010 if (row >= screen_Rows || col >= screen_Columns) 8011 return; 8012 8013 /* Outputting a character in the last cell on the screen may scroll the 8014 * screen up. Only do it when the "xn" termcap property is set, otherwise 8015 * mark the character invalid (update it when scrolled up). */ 8016 if (*T_XN == NUL 8017 && row == screen_Rows - 1 && col == screen_Columns - 1 8018 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 8019 /* account for first command-line character in rightleft mode */ 8020 && !cmdmsg_rl 8021 #endif 8022 ) 8023 { 8024 ScreenAttrs[off] = (sattr_T)-1; 8025 return; 8026 } 8027 8028 /* 8029 * Stop highlighting first, so it's easier to move the cursor. 8030 */ 8031 #if defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) || defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) 8032 if (screen_char_attr != 0) 8033 attr = screen_char_attr; 8034 else 8035 #endif 8036 attr = ScreenAttrs[off]; 8037 if (screen_attr != attr) 8038 screen_stop_highlight(); 8039 8040 windgoto(row, col); 8041 8042 if (screen_attr != attr) 8043 screen_start_highlight(attr); 8044 8045 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8046 if (enc_utf8 && ScreenLinesUC[off] != 0) 8047 { 8048 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; 8049 8050 /* Convert UTF-8 character to bytes and write it. */ 8051 8052 buf[utfc_char2bytes(off, buf)] = NUL; 8053 8054 out_str(buf); 8055 if (utf_char2cells(ScreenLinesUC[off]) > 1) 8056 ++screen_cur_col; 8057 } 8058 else 8059 #endif 8060 { 8061 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8062 out_flush_check(); 8063 #endif 8064 out_char(ScreenLines[off]); 8065 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8066 /* double-byte character in single-width cell */ 8067 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && ScreenLines[off] == 0x8e) 8068 out_char(ScreenLines2[off]); 8069 #endif 8070 } 8071 8072 screen_cur_col++; 8073 } 8074 8075 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8076 8077 /* 8078 * Used for enc_dbcs only: Put one double-wide character at ScreenLines["off"] 8079 * on the screen at position 'row' and 'col'. 8080 * The attributes of the first byte is used for all. This is required to 8081 * output the two bytes of a double-byte character with nothing in between. 8082 */ 8083 static void 8084 screen_char_2(unsigned off, int row, int col) 8085 { 8086 /* Check for illegal values (could be wrong when screen was resized). */ 8087 if (off + 1 >= (unsigned)(screen_Rows * screen_Columns)) 8088 return; 8089 8090 /* Outputting the last character on the screen may scrollup the screen. 8091 * Don't to it! Mark the character invalid (update it when scrolled up) */ 8092 if (row == screen_Rows - 1 && col >= screen_Columns - 2) 8093 { 8094 ScreenAttrs[off] = (sattr_T)-1; 8095 return; 8096 } 8097 8098 /* Output the first byte normally (positions the cursor), then write the 8099 * second byte directly. */ 8100 screen_char(off, row, col); 8101 out_char(ScreenLines[off + 1]); 8102 ++screen_cur_col; 8103 } 8104 #endif 8105 8106 #if defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) || defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(PROTO) 8107 /* 8108 * Draw a rectangle of the screen, inverted when "invert" is TRUE. 8109 * This uses the contents of ScreenLines[] and doesn't change it. 8110 */ 8111 void 8112 screen_draw_rectangle( 8113 int row, 8114 int col, 8115 int height, 8116 int width, 8117 int invert) 8118 { 8119 int r, c; 8120 int off; 8121 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8122 int max_off; 8123 #endif 8124 8125 /* Can't use ScreenLines unless initialized */ 8126 if (ScreenLines == NULL) 8127 return; 8128 8129 if (invert) 8130 screen_char_attr = HL_INVERSE; 8131 for (r = row; r < row + height; ++r) 8132 { 8133 off = LineOffset[r]; 8134 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8135 max_off = off + screen_Columns; 8136 #endif 8137 for (c = col; c < col + width; ++c) 8138 { 8139 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8140 if (enc_dbcs != 0 && dbcs_off2cells(off + c, max_off) > 1) 8141 { 8142 screen_char_2(off + c, r, c); 8143 ++c; 8144 } 8145 else 8146 #endif 8147 { 8148 screen_char(off + c, r, c); 8149 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8150 if (utf_off2cells(off + c, max_off) > 1) 8151 ++c; 8152 #endif 8153 } 8154 } 8155 } 8156 screen_char_attr = 0; 8157 } 8158 #endif 8159 8160 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 8161 /* 8162 * Redraw the characters for a vertically split window. 8163 */ 8164 static void 8165 redraw_block(int row, int end, win_T *wp) 8166 { 8167 int col; 8168 int width; 8169 8170 # ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD 8171 clip_may_clear_selection(row, end - 1); 8172 # endif 8173 8174 if (wp == NULL) 8175 { 8176 col = 0; 8177 width = Columns; 8178 } 8179 else 8180 { 8181 col = wp->w_wincol; 8182 width = wp->w_width; 8183 } 8184 screen_draw_rectangle(row, col, end - row, width, FALSE); 8185 } 8186 #endif 8187 8188 /* 8189 * Fill the screen from 'start_row' to 'end_row', from 'start_col' to 'end_col' 8190 * with character 'c1' in first column followed by 'c2' in the other columns. 8191 * Use attributes 'attr'. 8192 */ 8193 void 8194 screen_fill( 8195 int start_row, 8196 int end_row, 8197 int start_col, 8198 int end_col, 8199 int c1, 8200 int c2, 8201 int attr) 8202 { 8203 int row; 8204 int col; 8205 int off; 8206 int end_off; 8207 int did_delete; 8208 int c; 8209 int norm_term; 8210 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) 8211 int force_next = FALSE; 8212 #endif 8213 8214 if (end_row > screen_Rows) /* safety check */ 8215 end_row = screen_Rows; 8216 if (end_col > screen_Columns) /* safety check */ 8217 end_col = screen_Columns; 8218 if (ScreenLines == NULL 8219 || start_row >= end_row 8220 || start_col >= end_col) /* nothing to do */ 8221 return; 8222 8223 /* it's a "normal" terminal when not in a GUI or cterm */ 8224 norm_term = ( 8225 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 8226 !gui.in_use && 8227 #endif 8228 t_colors <= 1); 8229 for (row = start_row; row < end_row; ++row) 8230 { 8231 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8232 if (has_mbyte 8233 # ifdef FEAT_GUI 8234 && !gui.in_use 8235 # endif 8236 ) 8237 { 8238 /* When drawing over the right halve of a double-wide char clear 8239 * out the left halve. When drawing over the left halve of a 8240 * double wide-char clear out the right halve. Only needed in a 8241 * terminal. */ 8242 if (start_col > 0 && mb_fix_col(start_col, row) != start_col) 8243 screen_puts_len((char_u *)" ", 1, row, start_col - 1, 0); 8244 if (end_col < screen_Columns && mb_fix_col(end_col, row) != end_col) 8245 screen_puts_len((char_u *)" ", 1, row, end_col, 0); 8246 } 8247 #endif 8248 /* 8249 * Try to use delete-line termcap code, when no attributes or in a 8250 * "normal" terminal, where a bold/italic space is just a 8251 * space. 8252 */ 8253 did_delete = FALSE; 8254 if (c2 == ' ' 8255 && end_col == Columns 8256 && can_clear(T_CE) 8257 && (attr == 0 8258 || (norm_term 8259 && attr <= HL_ALL 8260 && ((attr & ~(HL_BOLD | HL_ITALIC)) == 0)))) 8261 { 8262 /* 8263 * check if we really need to clear something 8264 */ 8265 col = start_col; 8266 if (c1 != ' ') /* don't clear first char */ 8267 ++col; 8268 8269 off = LineOffset[row] + col; 8270 end_off = LineOffset[row] + end_col; 8271 8272 /* skip blanks (used often, keep it fast!) */ 8273 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8274 if (enc_utf8) 8275 while (off < end_off && ScreenLines[off] == ' ' 8276 && ScreenAttrs[off] == 0 && ScreenLinesUC[off] == 0) 8277 ++off; 8278 else 8279 #endif 8280 while (off < end_off && ScreenLines[off] == ' ' 8281 && ScreenAttrs[off] == 0) 8282 ++off; 8283 if (off < end_off) /* something to be cleared */ 8284 { 8285 col = off - LineOffset[row]; 8286 screen_stop_highlight(); 8287 term_windgoto(row, col);/* clear rest of this screen line */ 8288 out_str(T_CE); 8289 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ 8290 col = end_col - col; 8291 while (col--) /* clear chars in ScreenLines */ 8292 { 8293 ScreenLines[off] = ' '; 8294 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8295 if (enc_utf8) 8296 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; 8297 #endif 8298 ScreenAttrs[off] = 0; 8299 ++off; 8300 } 8301 } 8302 did_delete = TRUE; /* the chars are cleared now */ 8303 } 8304 8305 off = LineOffset[row] + start_col; 8306 c = c1; 8307 for (col = start_col; col < end_col; ++col) 8308 { 8309 if (ScreenLines[off] != c 8310 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8311 || (enc_utf8 && (int)ScreenLinesUC[off] 8312 != (c >= 0x80 ? c : 0)) 8313 #endif 8314 || ScreenAttrs[off] != attr 8315 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) 8316 || force_next 8317 #endif 8318 ) 8319 { 8320 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) 8321 /* The bold trick may make a single row of pixels appear in 8322 * the next character. When a bold character is removed, the 8323 * next character should be redrawn too. This happens for our 8324 * own GUI and for some xterms. */ 8325 if ( 8326 # ifdef FEAT_GUI 8327 gui.in_use 8328 # endif 8329 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(UNIX) 8330 || 8331 # endif 8332 # ifdef UNIX 8333 term_is_xterm 8334 # endif 8335 ) 8336 { 8337 if (ScreenLines[off] != ' ' 8338 && (ScreenAttrs[off] > HL_ALL 8339 || ScreenAttrs[off] & HL_BOLD)) 8340 force_next = TRUE; 8341 else 8342 force_next = FALSE; 8343 } 8344 #endif 8345 ScreenLines[off] = c; 8346 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8347 if (enc_utf8) 8348 { 8349 if (c >= 0x80) 8350 { 8351 ScreenLinesUC[off] = c; 8352 ScreenLinesC[0][off] = 0; 8353 } 8354 else 8355 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; 8356 } 8357 #endif 8358 ScreenAttrs[off] = attr; 8359 if (!did_delete || c != ' ') 8360 screen_char(off, row, col); 8361 } 8362 ++off; 8363 if (col == start_col) 8364 { 8365 if (did_delete) 8366 break; 8367 c = c2; 8368 } 8369 } 8370 if (end_col == Columns) 8371 LineWraps[row] = FALSE; 8372 if (row == Rows - 1) /* overwritten the command line */ 8373 { 8374 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; 8375 if (c1 == ' ' && c2 == ' ') 8376 clear_cmdline = FALSE; /* command line has been cleared */ 8377 if (start_col == 0) 8378 mode_displayed = FALSE; /* mode cleared or overwritten */ 8379 } 8380 } 8381 } 8382 8383 /* 8384 * Check if there should be a delay. Used before clearing or redrawing the 8385 * screen or the command line. 8386 */ 8387 void 8388 check_for_delay(int check_msg_scroll) 8389 { 8390 if ((emsg_on_display || (check_msg_scroll && msg_scroll)) 8391 && !did_wait_return 8392 && emsg_silent == 0) 8393 { 8394 out_flush(); 8395 ui_delay(1000L, TRUE); 8396 emsg_on_display = FALSE; 8397 if (check_msg_scroll) 8398 msg_scroll = FALSE; 8399 } 8400 } 8401 8402 /* 8403 * screen_valid - allocate screen buffers if size changed 8404 * If "doclear" is TRUE: clear screen if it has been resized. 8405 * Returns TRUE if there is a valid screen to write to. 8406 * Returns FALSE when starting up and screen not initialized yet. 8407 */ 8408 int 8409 screen_valid(int doclear) 8410 { 8411 screenalloc(doclear); /* allocate screen buffers if size changed */ 8412 return (ScreenLines != NULL); 8413 } 8414 8415 /* 8416 * Resize the shell to Rows and Columns. 8417 * Allocate ScreenLines[] and associated items. 8418 * 8419 * There may be some time between setting Rows and Columns and (re)allocating 8420 * ScreenLines[]. This happens when starting up and when (manually) changing 8421 * the shell size. Always use screen_Rows and screen_Columns to access items 8422 * in ScreenLines[]. Use Rows and Columns for positioning text etc. where the 8423 * final size of the shell is needed. 8424 */ 8425 void 8426 screenalloc(int doclear) 8427 { 8428 int new_row, old_row; 8429 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 8430 int old_Rows; 8431 #endif 8432 win_T *wp; 8433 int outofmem = FALSE; 8434 int len; 8435 schar_T *new_ScreenLines; 8436 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8437 u8char_T *new_ScreenLinesUC = NULL; 8438 u8char_T *new_ScreenLinesC[MAX_MCO]; 8439 schar_T *new_ScreenLines2 = NULL; 8440 int i; 8441 #endif 8442 sattr_T *new_ScreenAttrs; 8443 unsigned *new_LineOffset; 8444 char_u *new_LineWraps; 8445 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 8446 short *new_TabPageIdxs; 8447 tabpage_T *tp; 8448 #endif 8449 static int entered = FALSE; /* avoid recursiveness */ 8450 static int done_outofmem_msg = FALSE; /* did outofmem message */ 8451 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 8452 int retry_count = 0; 8453 8454 retry: 8455 #endif 8456 /* 8457 * Allocation of the screen buffers is done only when the size changes and 8458 * when Rows and Columns have been set and we have started doing full 8459 * screen stuff. 8460 */ 8461 if ((ScreenLines != NULL 8462 && Rows == screen_Rows 8463 && Columns == screen_Columns 8464 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8465 && enc_utf8 == (ScreenLinesUC != NULL) 8466 && (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) == (ScreenLines2 != NULL) 8467 && p_mco == Screen_mco 8468 #endif 8469 ) 8470 || Rows == 0 8471 || Columns == 0 8472 || (!full_screen && ScreenLines == NULL)) 8473 return; 8474 8475 /* 8476 * It's possible that we produce an out-of-memory message below, which 8477 * will cause this function to be called again. To break the loop, just 8478 * return here. 8479 */ 8480 if (entered) 8481 return; 8482 entered = TRUE; 8483 8484 /* 8485 * Note that the window sizes are updated before reallocating the arrays, 8486 * thus we must not redraw here! 8487 */ 8488 ++RedrawingDisabled; 8489 8490 win_new_shellsize(); /* fit the windows in the new sized shell */ 8491 8492 comp_col(); /* recompute columns for shown command and ruler */ 8493 8494 /* 8495 * We're changing the size of the screen. 8496 * - Allocate new arrays for ScreenLines and ScreenAttrs. 8497 * - Move lines from the old arrays into the new arrays, clear extra 8498 * lines (unless the screen is going to be cleared). 8499 * - Free the old arrays. 8500 * 8501 * If anything fails, make ScreenLines NULL, so we don't do anything! 8502 * Continuing with the old ScreenLines may result in a crash, because the 8503 * size is wrong. 8504 */ 8505 FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, wp) 8506 win_free_lsize(wp); 8507 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 8508 if (aucmd_win != NULL) 8509 win_free_lsize(aucmd_win); 8510 #endif 8511 8512 new_ScreenLines = (schar_T *)lalloc((long_u)( 8513 (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(schar_T)), FALSE); 8514 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8515 vim_memset(new_ScreenLinesC, 0, sizeof(u8char_T *) * MAX_MCO); 8516 if (enc_utf8) 8517 { 8518 new_ScreenLinesUC = (u8char_T *)lalloc((long_u)( 8519 (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(u8char_T)), FALSE); 8520 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) 8521 new_ScreenLinesC[i] = (u8char_T *)lalloc_clear((long_u)( 8522 (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(u8char_T)), FALSE); 8523 } 8524 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) 8525 new_ScreenLines2 = (schar_T *)lalloc((long_u)( 8526 (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(schar_T)), FALSE); 8527 #endif 8528 new_ScreenAttrs = (sattr_T *)lalloc((long_u)( 8529 (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(sattr_T)), FALSE); 8530 new_LineOffset = (unsigned *)lalloc((long_u)( 8531 Rows * sizeof(unsigned)), FALSE); 8532 new_LineWraps = (char_u *)lalloc((long_u)(Rows * sizeof(char_u)), FALSE); 8533 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 8534 new_TabPageIdxs = (short *)lalloc((long_u)(Columns * sizeof(short)), FALSE); 8535 #endif 8536 8537 FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, wp) 8538 { 8539 if (win_alloc_lines(wp) == FAIL) 8540 { 8541 outofmem = TRUE; 8542 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 8543 goto give_up; 8544 #endif 8545 } 8546 } 8547 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 8548 if (aucmd_win != NULL && aucmd_win->w_lines == NULL 8549 && win_alloc_lines(aucmd_win) == FAIL) 8550 outofmem = TRUE; 8551 #endif 8552 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 8553 give_up: 8554 #endif 8555 8556 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8557 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) 8558 if (new_ScreenLinesC[i] == NULL) 8559 break; 8560 #endif 8561 if (new_ScreenLines == NULL 8562 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8563 || (enc_utf8 && (new_ScreenLinesUC == NULL || i != p_mco)) 8564 || (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && new_ScreenLines2 == NULL) 8565 #endif 8566 || new_ScreenAttrs == NULL 8567 || new_LineOffset == NULL 8568 || new_LineWraps == NULL 8569 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 8570 || new_TabPageIdxs == NULL 8571 #endif 8572 || outofmem) 8573 { 8574 if (ScreenLines != NULL || !done_outofmem_msg) 8575 { 8576 /* guess the size */ 8577 do_outofmem_msg((long_u)((Rows + 1) * Columns)); 8578 8579 /* Remember we did this to avoid getting outofmem messages over 8580 * and over again. */ 8581 done_outofmem_msg = TRUE; 8582 } 8583 vim_free(new_ScreenLines); 8584 new_ScreenLines = NULL; 8585 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8586 vim_free(new_ScreenLinesUC); 8587 new_ScreenLinesUC = NULL; 8588 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) 8589 { 8590 vim_free(new_ScreenLinesC[i]); 8591 new_ScreenLinesC[i] = NULL; 8592 } 8593 vim_free(new_ScreenLines2); 8594 new_ScreenLines2 = NULL; 8595 #endif 8596 vim_free(new_ScreenAttrs); 8597 new_ScreenAttrs = NULL; 8598 vim_free(new_LineOffset); 8599 new_LineOffset = NULL; 8600 vim_free(new_LineWraps); 8601 new_LineWraps = NULL; 8602 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 8603 vim_free(new_TabPageIdxs); 8604 new_TabPageIdxs = NULL; 8605 #endif 8606 } 8607 else 8608 { 8609 done_outofmem_msg = FALSE; 8610 8611 for (new_row = 0; new_row < Rows; ++new_row) 8612 { 8613 new_LineOffset[new_row] = new_row * Columns; 8614 new_LineWraps[new_row] = FALSE; 8615 8616 /* 8617 * If the screen is not going to be cleared, copy as much as 8618 * possible from the old screen to the new one and clear the rest 8619 * (used when resizing the window at the "--more--" prompt or when 8620 * executing an external command, for the GUI). 8621 */ 8622 if (!doclear) 8623 { 8624 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenLines + new_row * Columns, 8625 ' ', (size_t)Columns * sizeof(schar_T)); 8626 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8627 if (enc_utf8) 8628 { 8629 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenLinesUC + new_row * Columns, 8630 0, (size_t)Columns * sizeof(u8char_T)); 8631 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) 8632 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenLinesC[i] 8633 + new_row * Columns, 8634 0, (size_t)Columns * sizeof(u8char_T)); 8635 } 8636 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) 8637 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenLines2 + new_row * Columns, 8638 0, (size_t)Columns * sizeof(schar_T)); 8639 #endif 8640 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenAttrs + new_row * Columns, 8641 0, (size_t)Columns * sizeof(sattr_T)); 8642 old_row = new_row + (screen_Rows - Rows); 8643 if (old_row >= 0 && ScreenLines != NULL) 8644 { 8645 if (screen_Columns < Columns) 8646 len = screen_Columns; 8647 else 8648 len = Columns; 8649 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8650 /* When switching to utf-8 don't copy characters, they 8651 * may be invalid now. Also when p_mco changes. */ 8652 if (!(enc_utf8 && ScreenLinesUC == NULL) 8653 && p_mco == Screen_mco) 8654 #endif 8655 mch_memmove(new_ScreenLines + new_LineOffset[new_row], 8656 ScreenLines + LineOffset[old_row], 8657 (size_t)len * sizeof(schar_T)); 8658 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8659 if (enc_utf8 && ScreenLinesUC != NULL 8660 && p_mco == Screen_mco) 8661 { 8662 mch_memmove(new_ScreenLinesUC + new_LineOffset[new_row], 8663 ScreenLinesUC + LineOffset[old_row], 8664 (size_t)len * sizeof(u8char_T)); 8665 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) 8666 mch_memmove(new_ScreenLinesC[i] 8667 + new_LineOffset[new_row], 8668 ScreenLinesC[i] + LineOffset[old_row], 8669 (size_t)len * sizeof(u8char_T)); 8670 } 8671 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && ScreenLines2 != NULL) 8672 mch_memmove(new_ScreenLines2 + new_LineOffset[new_row], 8673 ScreenLines2 + LineOffset[old_row], 8674 (size_t)len * sizeof(schar_T)); 8675 #endif 8676 mch_memmove(new_ScreenAttrs + new_LineOffset[new_row], 8677 ScreenAttrs + LineOffset[old_row], 8678 (size_t)len * sizeof(sattr_T)); 8679 } 8680 } 8681 } 8682 /* Use the last line of the screen for the current line. */ 8683 current_ScreenLine = new_ScreenLines + Rows * Columns; 8684 } 8685 8686 free_screenlines(); 8687 8688 ScreenLines = new_ScreenLines; 8689 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8690 ScreenLinesUC = new_ScreenLinesUC; 8691 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) 8692 ScreenLinesC[i] = new_ScreenLinesC[i]; 8693 Screen_mco = p_mco; 8694 ScreenLines2 = new_ScreenLines2; 8695 #endif 8696 ScreenAttrs = new_ScreenAttrs; 8697 LineOffset = new_LineOffset; 8698 LineWraps = new_LineWraps; 8699 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 8700 TabPageIdxs = new_TabPageIdxs; 8701 #endif 8702 8703 /* It's important that screen_Rows and screen_Columns reflect the actual 8704 * size of ScreenLines[]. Set them before calling anything. */ 8705 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 8706 old_Rows = screen_Rows; 8707 #endif 8708 screen_Rows = Rows; 8709 screen_Columns = Columns; 8710 8711 must_redraw = CLEAR; /* need to clear the screen later */ 8712 if (doclear) 8713 screenclear2(); 8714 8715 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 8716 else if (gui.in_use 8717 && !gui.starting 8718 && ScreenLines != NULL 8719 && old_Rows != Rows) 8720 { 8721 (void)gui_redraw_block(0, 0, (int)Rows - 1, (int)Columns - 1, 0); 8722 /* 8723 * Adjust the position of the cursor, for when executing an external 8724 * command. 8725 */ 8726 if (msg_row >= Rows) /* Rows got smaller */ 8727 msg_row = Rows - 1; /* put cursor at last row */ 8728 else if (Rows > old_Rows) /* Rows got bigger */ 8729 msg_row += Rows - old_Rows; /* put cursor in same place */ 8730 if (msg_col >= Columns) /* Columns got smaller */ 8731 msg_col = Columns - 1; /* put cursor at last column */ 8732 } 8733 #endif 8734 8735 entered = FALSE; 8736 --RedrawingDisabled; 8737 8738 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 8739 /* 8740 * Do not apply autocommands more than 3 times to avoid an endless loop 8741 * in case applying autocommands always changes Rows or Columns. 8742 */ 8743 if (starting == 0 && ++retry_count <= 3) 8744 { 8745 apply_autocmds(EVENT_VIMRESIZED, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); 8746 /* In rare cases, autocommands may have altered Rows or Columns, 8747 * jump back to check if we need to allocate the screen again. */ 8748 goto retry; 8749 } 8750 #endif 8751 } 8752 8753 void 8754 free_screenlines(void) 8755 { 8756 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8757 int i; 8758 8759 vim_free(ScreenLinesUC); 8760 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i) 8761 vim_free(ScreenLinesC[i]); 8762 vim_free(ScreenLines2); 8763 #endif 8764 vim_free(ScreenLines); 8765 vim_free(ScreenAttrs); 8766 vim_free(LineOffset); 8767 vim_free(LineWraps); 8768 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 8769 vim_free(TabPageIdxs); 8770 #endif 8771 } 8772 8773 void 8774 screenclear(void) 8775 { 8776 check_for_delay(FALSE); 8777 screenalloc(FALSE); /* allocate screen buffers if size changed */ 8778 screenclear2(); /* clear the screen */ 8779 } 8780 8781 static void 8782 screenclear2(void) 8783 { 8784 int i; 8785 8786 if (starting == NO_SCREEN || ScreenLines == NULL 8787 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 8788 || (gui.in_use && gui.starting) 8789 #endif 8790 ) 8791 return; 8792 8793 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 8794 if (!gui.in_use) 8795 #endif 8796 screen_attr = -1; /* force setting the Normal colors */ 8797 screen_stop_highlight(); /* don't want highlighting here */ 8798 8799 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD 8800 /* disable selection without redrawing it */ 8801 clip_scroll_selection(9999); 8802 #endif 8803 8804 /* blank out ScreenLines */ 8805 for (i = 0; i < Rows; ++i) 8806 { 8807 lineclear(LineOffset[i], (int)Columns); 8808 LineWraps[i] = FALSE; 8809 } 8810 8811 if (can_clear(T_CL)) 8812 { 8813 out_str(T_CL); /* clear the display */ 8814 clear_cmdline = FALSE; 8815 mode_displayed = FALSE; 8816 } 8817 else 8818 { 8819 /* can't clear the screen, mark all chars with invalid attributes */ 8820 for (i = 0; i < Rows; ++i) 8821 lineinvalid(LineOffset[i], (int)Columns); 8822 clear_cmdline = TRUE; 8823 } 8824 8825 screen_cleared = TRUE; /* can use contents of ScreenLines now */ 8826 8827 win_rest_invalid(firstwin); 8828 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; 8829 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 8830 redraw_tabline = TRUE; 8831 #endif 8832 if (must_redraw == CLEAR) /* no need to clear again */ 8833 must_redraw = NOT_VALID; 8834 compute_cmdrow(); 8835 msg_row = cmdline_row; /* put cursor on last line for messages */ 8836 msg_col = 0; 8837 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ 8838 msg_scrolled = 0; /* can't scroll back */ 8839 msg_didany = FALSE; 8840 msg_didout = FALSE; 8841 } 8842 8843 /* 8844 * Clear one line in ScreenLines. 8845 */ 8846 static void 8847 lineclear(unsigned off, int width) 8848 { 8849 (void)vim_memset(ScreenLines + off, ' ', (size_t)width * sizeof(schar_T)); 8850 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8851 if (enc_utf8) 8852 (void)vim_memset(ScreenLinesUC + off, 0, 8853 (size_t)width * sizeof(u8char_T)); 8854 #endif 8855 (void)vim_memset(ScreenAttrs + off, 0, (size_t)width * sizeof(sattr_T)); 8856 } 8857 8858 /* 8859 * Mark one line in ScreenLines invalid by setting the attributes to an 8860 * invalid value. 8861 */ 8862 static void 8863 lineinvalid(unsigned off, int width) 8864 { 8865 (void)vim_memset(ScreenAttrs + off, -1, (size_t)width * sizeof(sattr_T)); 8866 } 8867 8868 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 8869 /* 8870 * Copy part of a Screenline for vertically split window "wp". 8871 */ 8872 static void 8873 linecopy(int to, int from, win_T *wp) 8874 { 8875 unsigned off_to = LineOffset[to] + wp->w_wincol; 8876 unsigned off_from = LineOffset[from] + wp->w_wincol; 8877 8878 mch_memmove(ScreenLines + off_to, ScreenLines + off_from, 8879 wp->w_width * sizeof(schar_T)); 8880 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8881 if (enc_utf8) 8882 { 8883 int i; 8884 8885 mch_memmove(ScreenLinesUC + off_to, ScreenLinesUC + off_from, 8886 wp->w_width * sizeof(u8char_T)); 8887 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) 8888 mch_memmove(ScreenLinesC[i] + off_to, ScreenLinesC[i] + off_from, 8889 wp->w_width * sizeof(u8char_T)); 8890 } 8891 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) 8892 mch_memmove(ScreenLines2 + off_to, ScreenLines2 + off_from, 8893 wp->w_width * sizeof(schar_T)); 8894 # endif 8895 mch_memmove(ScreenAttrs + off_to, ScreenAttrs + off_from, 8896 wp->w_width * sizeof(sattr_T)); 8897 } 8898 #endif 8899 8900 /* 8901 * Return TRUE if clearing with term string "p" would work. 8902 * It can't work when the string is empty or it won't set the right background. 8903 */ 8904 int 8905 can_clear(char_u *p) 8906 { 8907 return (*p != NUL && (t_colors <= 1 8908 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 8909 || gui.in_use 8910 #endif 8911 || cterm_normal_bg_color == 0 || *T_UT != NUL)); 8912 } 8913 8914 /* 8915 * Reset cursor position. Use whenever cursor was moved because of outputting 8916 * something directly to the screen (shell commands) or a terminal control 8917 * code. 8918 */ 8919 void 8920 screen_start(void) 8921 { 8922 screen_cur_row = screen_cur_col = 9999; 8923 } 8924 8925 /* 8926 * Move the cursor to position "row","col" in the screen. 8927 * This tries to find the most efficient way to move, minimizing the number of 8928 * characters sent to the terminal. 8929 */ 8930 void 8931 windgoto(int row, int col) 8932 { 8933 sattr_T *p; 8934 int i; 8935 int plan; 8936 int cost; 8937 int wouldbe_col; 8938 int noinvcurs; 8939 char_u *bs; 8940 int goto_cost; 8941 int attr; 8942 8943 #define GOTO_COST 7 /* assume a term_windgoto() takes about 7 chars */ 8944 #define HIGHL_COST 5 /* assume unhighlight takes 5 chars */ 8945 8946 #define PLAN_LE 1 8947 #define PLAN_CR 2 8948 #define PLAN_NL 3 8949 #define PLAN_WRITE 4 8950 /* Can't use ScreenLines unless initialized */ 8951 if (ScreenLines == NULL) 8952 return; 8953 8954 if (col != screen_cur_col || row != screen_cur_row) 8955 { 8956 /* Check for valid position. */ 8957 if (row < 0) /* window without text lines? */ 8958 row = 0; 8959 if (row >= screen_Rows) 8960 row = screen_Rows - 1; 8961 if (col >= screen_Columns) 8962 col = screen_Columns - 1; 8963 8964 /* check if no cursor movement is allowed in highlight mode */ 8965 if (screen_attr && *T_MS == NUL) 8966 noinvcurs = HIGHL_COST; 8967 else 8968 noinvcurs = 0; 8969 goto_cost = GOTO_COST + noinvcurs; 8970 8971 /* 8972 * Plan how to do the positioning: 8973 * 1. Use CR to move it to column 0, same row. 8974 * 2. Use T_LE to move it a few columns to the left. 8975 * 3. Use NL to move a few lines down, column 0. 8976 * 4. Move a few columns to the right with T_ND or by writing chars. 8977 * 8978 * Don't do this if the cursor went beyond the last column, the cursor 8979 * position is unknown then (some terminals wrap, some don't ) 8980 * 8981 * First check if the highlighting attributes allow us to write 8982 * characters to move the cursor to the right. 8983 */ 8984 if (row >= screen_cur_row && screen_cur_col < Columns) 8985 { 8986 /* 8987 * If the cursor is in the same row, bigger col, we can use CR 8988 * or T_LE. 8989 */ 8990 bs = NULL; /* init for GCC */ 8991 attr = screen_attr; 8992 if (row == screen_cur_row && col < screen_cur_col) 8993 { 8994 /* "le" is preferred over "bc", because "bc" is obsolete */ 8995 if (*T_LE) 8996 bs = T_LE; /* "cursor left" */ 8997 else 8998 bs = T_BC; /* "backspace character (old) */ 8999 if (*bs) 9000 cost = (screen_cur_col - col) * (int)STRLEN(bs); 9001 else 9002 cost = 999; 9003 if (col + 1 < cost) /* using CR is less characters */ 9004 { 9005 plan = PLAN_CR; 9006 wouldbe_col = 0; 9007 cost = 1; /* CR is just one character */ 9008 } 9009 else 9010 { 9011 plan = PLAN_LE; 9012 wouldbe_col = col; 9013 } 9014 if (noinvcurs) /* will stop highlighting */ 9015 { 9016 cost += noinvcurs; 9017 attr = 0; 9018 } 9019 } 9020 9021 /* 9022 * If the cursor is above where we want to be, we can use CR LF. 9023 */ 9024 else if (row > screen_cur_row) 9025 { 9026 plan = PLAN_NL; 9027 wouldbe_col = 0; 9028 cost = (row - screen_cur_row) * 2; /* CR LF */ 9029 if (noinvcurs) /* will stop highlighting */ 9030 { 9031 cost += noinvcurs; 9032 attr = 0; 9033 } 9034 } 9035 9036 /* 9037 * If the cursor is in the same row, smaller col, just use write. 9038 */ 9039 else 9040 { 9041 plan = PLAN_WRITE; 9042 wouldbe_col = screen_cur_col; 9043 cost = 0; 9044 } 9045 9046 /* 9047 * Check if any characters that need to be written have the 9048 * correct attributes. Also avoid UTF-8 characters. 9049 */ 9050 i = col - wouldbe_col; 9051 if (i > 0) 9052 cost += i; 9053 if (cost < goto_cost && i > 0) 9054 { 9055 /* 9056 * Check if the attributes are correct without additionally 9057 * stopping highlighting. 9058 */ 9059 p = ScreenAttrs + LineOffset[row] + wouldbe_col; 9060 while (i && *p++ == attr) 9061 --i; 9062 if (i != 0) 9063 { 9064 /* 9065 * Try if it works when highlighting is stopped here. 9066 */ 9067 if (*--p == 0) 9068 { 9069 cost += noinvcurs; 9070 while (i && *p++ == 0) 9071 --i; 9072 } 9073 if (i != 0) 9074 cost = 999; /* different attributes, don't do it */ 9075 } 9076 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 9077 if (enc_utf8) 9078 { 9079 /* Don't use an UTF-8 char for positioning, it's slow. */ 9080 for (i = wouldbe_col; i < col; ++i) 9081 if (ScreenLinesUC[LineOffset[row] + i] != 0) 9082 { 9083 cost = 999; 9084 break; 9085 } 9086 } 9087 #endif 9088 } 9089 9090 /* 9091 * We can do it without term_windgoto()! 9092 */ 9093 if (cost < goto_cost) 9094 { 9095 if (plan == PLAN_LE) 9096 { 9097 if (noinvcurs) 9098 screen_stop_highlight(); 9099 while (screen_cur_col > col) 9100 { 9101 out_str(bs); 9102 --screen_cur_col; 9103 } 9104 } 9105 else if (plan == PLAN_CR) 9106 { 9107 if (noinvcurs) 9108 screen_stop_highlight(); 9109 out_char('\r'); 9110 screen_cur_col = 0; 9111 } 9112 else if (plan == PLAN_NL) 9113 { 9114 if (noinvcurs) 9115 screen_stop_highlight(); 9116 while (screen_cur_row < row) 9117 { 9118 out_char('\n'); 9119 ++screen_cur_row; 9120 } 9121 screen_cur_col = 0; 9122 } 9123 9124 i = col - screen_cur_col; 9125 if (i > 0) 9126 { 9127 /* 9128 * Use cursor-right if it's one character only. Avoids 9129 * removing a line of pixels from the last bold char, when 9130 * using the bold trick in the GUI. 9131 */ 9132 if (T_ND[0] != NUL && T_ND[1] == NUL) 9133 { 9134 while (i-- > 0) 9135 out_char(*T_ND); 9136 } 9137 else 9138 { 9139 int off; 9140 9141 off = LineOffset[row] + screen_cur_col; 9142 while (i-- > 0) 9143 { 9144 if (ScreenAttrs[off] != screen_attr) 9145 screen_stop_highlight(); 9146 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 9147 out_flush_check(); 9148 #endif 9149 out_char(ScreenLines[off]); 9150 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 9151 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU 9152 && ScreenLines[off] == 0x8e) 9153 out_char(ScreenLines2[off]); 9154 #endif 9155 ++off; 9156 } 9157 } 9158 } 9159 } 9160 } 9161 else 9162 cost = 999; 9163 9164 if (cost >= goto_cost) 9165 { 9166 if (noinvcurs) 9167 screen_stop_highlight(); 9168 if (row == screen_cur_row && (col > screen_cur_col) 9169 && *T_CRI != NUL) 9170 term_cursor_right(col - screen_cur_col); 9171 else 9172 term_windgoto(row, col); 9173 } 9174 screen_cur_row = row; 9175 screen_cur_col = col; 9176 } 9177 } 9178 9179 /* 9180 * Set cursor to its position in the current window. 9181 */ 9182 void 9183 setcursor(void) 9184 { 9185 if (redrawing()) 9186 { 9187 validate_cursor(); 9188 windgoto(W_WINROW(curwin) + curwin->w_wrow, 9189 W_WINCOL(curwin) + ( 9190 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 9191 /* With 'rightleft' set and the cursor on a double-wide 9192 * character, position it on the leftmost column. */ 9193 curwin->w_p_rl ? ((int)W_WIDTH(curwin) - curwin->w_wcol - ( 9194 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 9195 (has_mbyte 9196 && (*mb_ptr2cells)(ml_get_cursor()) == 2 9197 && vim_isprintc(gchar_cursor())) ? 2 : 9198 # endif 9199 1)) : 9200 #endif 9201 curwin->w_wcol)); 9202 } 9203 } 9204 9205 9206 /* 9207 * insert 'line_count' lines at 'row' in window 'wp' 9208 * if 'invalid' is TRUE the wp->w_lines[].wl_lnum is invalidated. 9209 * if 'mayclear' is TRUE the screen will be cleared if it is faster than 9210 * scrolling. 9211 * Returns FAIL if the lines are not inserted, OK for success. 9212 */ 9213 int 9214 win_ins_lines( 9215 win_T *wp, 9216 int row, 9217 int line_count, 9218 int invalid, 9219 int mayclear) 9220 { 9221 int did_delete; 9222 int nextrow; 9223 int lastrow; 9224 int retval; 9225 9226 if (invalid) 9227 wp->w_lines_valid = 0; 9228 9229 if (wp->w_height < 5) 9230 return FAIL; 9231 9232 if (line_count > wp->w_height - row) 9233 line_count = wp->w_height - row; 9234 9235 retval = win_do_lines(wp, row, line_count, mayclear, FALSE); 9236 if (retval != MAYBE) 9237 return retval; 9238 9239 /* 9240 * If there is a next window or a status line, we first try to delete the 9241 * lines at the bottom to avoid messing what is after the window. 9242 * If this fails and there are following windows, don't do anything to avoid 9243 * messing up those windows, better just redraw. 9244 */ 9245 did_delete = FALSE; 9246 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 9247 if (wp->w_next != NULL || wp->w_status_height) 9248 { 9249 if (screen_del_lines(0, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height - line_count, 9250 line_count, (int)Rows, FALSE, NULL) == OK) 9251 did_delete = TRUE; 9252 else if (wp->w_next) 9253 return FAIL; 9254 } 9255 #endif 9256 /* 9257 * if no lines deleted, blank the lines that will end up below the window 9258 */ 9259 if (!did_delete) 9260 { 9261 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 9262 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; 9263 #endif 9264 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; 9265 nextrow = W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height + W_STATUS_HEIGHT(wp); 9266 lastrow = nextrow + line_count; 9267 if (lastrow > Rows) 9268 lastrow = Rows; 9269 screen_fill(nextrow - line_count, lastrow - line_count, 9270 W_WINCOL(wp), (int)W_ENDCOL(wp), 9271 ' ', ' ', 0); 9272 } 9273 9274 if (screen_ins_lines(0, W_WINROW(wp) + row, line_count, (int)Rows, NULL) 9275 == FAIL) 9276 { 9277 /* deletion will have messed up other windows */ 9278 if (did_delete) 9279 { 9280 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 9281 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; 9282 #endif 9283 win_rest_invalid(W_NEXT(wp)); 9284 } 9285 return FAIL; 9286 } 9287 9288 return OK; 9289 } 9290 9291 /* 9292 * delete "line_count" window lines at "row" in window "wp" 9293 * If "invalid" is TRUE curwin->w_lines[] is invalidated. 9294 * If "mayclear" is TRUE the screen will be cleared if it is faster than 9295 * scrolling 9296 * Return OK for success, FAIL if the lines are not deleted. 9297 */ 9298 int 9299 win_del_lines( 9300 win_T *wp, 9301 int row, 9302 int line_count, 9303 int invalid, 9304 int mayclear) 9305 { 9306 int retval; 9307 9308 if (invalid) 9309 wp->w_lines_valid = 0; 9310 9311 if (line_count > wp->w_height - row) 9312 line_count = wp->w_height - row; 9313 9314 retval = win_do_lines(wp, row, line_count, mayclear, TRUE); 9315 if (retval != MAYBE) 9316 return retval; 9317 9318 if (screen_del_lines(0, W_WINROW(wp) + row, line_count, 9319 (int)Rows, FALSE, NULL) == FAIL) 9320 return FAIL; 9321 9322 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 9323 /* 9324 * If there are windows or status lines below, try to put them at the 9325 * correct place. If we can't do that, they have to be redrawn. 9326 */ 9327 if (wp->w_next || wp->w_status_height || cmdline_row < Rows - 1) 9328 { 9329 if (screen_ins_lines(0, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height - line_count, 9330 line_count, (int)Rows, NULL) == FAIL) 9331 { 9332 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; 9333 win_rest_invalid(wp->w_next); 9334 } 9335 } 9336 /* 9337 * If this is the last window and there is no status line, redraw the 9338 * command line later. 9339 */ 9340 else 9341 #endif 9342 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; 9343 return OK; 9344 } 9345 9346 /* 9347 * Common code for win_ins_lines() and win_del_lines(). 9348 * Returns OK or FAIL when the work has been done. 9349 * Returns MAYBE when not finished yet. 9350 */ 9351 static int 9352 win_do_lines( 9353 win_T *wp, 9354 int row, 9355 int line_count, 9356 int mayclear, 9357 int del) 9358 { 9359 int retval; 9360 9361 if (!redrawing() || line_count <= 0) 9362 return FAIL; 9363 9364 /* only a few lines left: redraw is faster */ 9365 if (mayclear && Rows - line_count < 5 9366 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 9367 && wp->w_width == Columns 9368 #endif 9369 ) 9370 { 9371 screenclear(); /* will set wp->w_lines_valid to 0 */ 9372 return FAIL; 9373 } 9374 9375 /* 9376 * Delete all remaining lines 9377 */ 9378 if (row + line_count >= wp->w_height) 9379 { 9380 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height, 9381 W_WINCOL(wp), (int)W_ENDCOL(wp), 9382 ' ', ' ', 0); 9383 return OK; 9384 } 9385 9386 /* 9387 * when scrolling, the message on the command line should be cleared, 9388 * otherwise it will stay there forever. 9389 */ 9390 clear_cmdline = TRUE; 9391 9392 /* 9393 * If the terminal can set a scroll region, use that. 9394 * Always do this in a vertically split window. This will redraw from 9395 * ScreenLines[] when t_CV isn't defined. That's faster than using 9396 * win_line(). 9397 * Don't use a scroll region when we are going to redraw the text, writing 9398 * a character in the lower right corner of the scroll region may cause a 9399 * scroll-up . 9400 */ 9401 if (scroll_region 9402 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 9403 || W_WIDTH(wp) != Columns 9404 #endif 9405 ) 9406 { 9407 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 9408 if (scroll_region && (wp->w_width == Columns || *T_CSV != NUL)) 9409 #endif 9410 scroll_region_set(wp, row); 9411 if (del) 9412 retval = screen_del_lines(W_WINROW(wp) + row, 0, line_count, 9413 wp->w_height - row, FALSE, wp); 9414 else 9415 retval = screen_ins_lines(W_WINROW(wp) + row, 0, line_count, 9416 wp->w_height - row, wp); 9417 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 9418 if (scroll_region && (wp->w_width == Columns || *T_CSV != NUL)) 9419 #endif 9420 scroll_region_reset(); 9421 return retval; 9422 } 9423 9424 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 9425 if (wp->w_next != NULL && p_tf) /* don't delete/insert on fast terminal */ 9426 return FAIL; 9427 #endif 9428 9429 return MAYBE; 9430 } 9431 9432 /* 9433 * window 'wp' and everything after it is messed up, mark it for redraw 9434 */ 9435 static void 9436 win_rest_invalid(win_T *wp) 9437 { 9438 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 9439 while (wp != NULL) 9440 #else 9441 if (wp != NULL) 9442 #endif 9443 { 9444 redraw_win_later(wp, NOT_VALID); 9445 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 9446 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; 9447 wp = wp->w_next; 9448 #endif 9449 } 9450 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; 9451 } 9452 9453 /* 9454 * The rest of the routines in this file perform screen manipulations. The 9455 * given operation is performed physically on the screen. The corresponding 9456 * change is also made to the internal screen image. In this way, the editor 9457 * anticipates the effect of editing changes on the appearance of the screen. 9458 * That way, when we call screenupdate a complete redraw isn't usually 9459 * necessary. Another advantage is that we can keep adding code to anticipate 9460 * screen changes, and in the meantime, everything still works. 9461 */ 9462 9463 /* 9464 * types for inserting or deleting lines 9465 */ 9466 #define USE_T_CAL 1 9467 #define USE_T_CDL 2 9468 #define USE_T_AL 3 9469 #define USE_T_CE 4 9470 #define USE_T_DL 5 9471 #define USE_T_SR 6 9472 #define USE_NL 7 9473 #define USE_T_CD 8 9474 #define USE_REDRAW 9 9475 9476 /* 9477 * insert lines on the screen and update ScreenLines[] 9478 * 'end' is the line after the scrolled part. Normally it is Rows. 9479 * When scrolling region used 'off' is the offset from the top for the region. 9480 * 'row' and 'end' are relative to the start of the region. 9481 * 9482 * return FAIL for failure, OK for success. 9483 */ 9484 int 9485 screen_ins_lines( 9486 int off, 9487 int row, 9488 int line_count, 9489 int end, 9490 win_T *wp) /* NULL or window to use width from */ 9491 { 9492 int i; 9493 int j; 9494 unsigned temp; 9495 int cursor_row; 9496 int type; 9497 int result_empty; 9498 int can_ce = can_clear(T_CE); 9499 9500 /* 9501 * FAIL if 9502 * - there is no valid screen 9503 * - the screen has to be redrawn completely 9504 * - the line count is less than one 9505 * - the line count is more than 'ttyscroll' 9506 */ 9507 if (!screen_valid(TRUE) || line_count <= 0 || line_count > p_ttyscroll) 9508 return FAIL; 9509 9510 /* 9511 * There are seven ways to insert lines: 9512 * 0. When in a vertically split window and t_CV isn't set, redraw the 9513 * characters from ScreenLines[]. 9514 * 1. Use T_CD (clear to end of display) if it exists and the result of 9515 * the insert is just empty lines 9516 * 2. Use T_CAL (insert multiple lines) if it exists and T_AL is not 9517 * present or line_count > 1. It looks better if we do all the inserts 9518 * at once. 9519 * 3. Use T_CDL (delete multiple lines) if it exists and the result of the 9520 * insert is just empty lines and T_CE is not present or line_count > 9521 * 1. 9522 * 4. Use T_AL (insert line) if it exists. 9523 * 5. Use T_CE (erase line) if it exists and the result of the insert is 9524 * just empty lines. 9525 * 6. Use T_DL (delete line) if it exists and the result of the insert is 9526 * just empty lines. 9527 * 7. Use T_SR (scroll reverse) if it exists and inserting at row 0 and 9528 * the 'da' flag is not set or we have clear line capability. 9529 * 8. redraw the characters from ScreenLines[]. 9530 * 9531 * Careful: In a hpterm scroll reverse doesn't work as expected, it moves 9532 * the scrollbar for the window. It does have insert line, use that if it 9533 * exists. 9534 */ 9535 result_empty = (row + line_count >= end); 9536 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 9537 if (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns && *T_CSV == NUL) 9538 type = USE_REDRAW; 9539 else 9540 #endif 9541 if (can_clear(T_CD) && result_empty) 9542 type = USE_T_CD; 9543 else if (*T_CAL != NUL && (line_count > 1 || *T_AL == NUL)) 9544 type = USE_T_CAL; 9545 else if (*T_CDL != NUL && result_empty && (line_count > 1 || !can_ce)) 9546 type = USE_T_CDL; 9547 else if (*T_AL != NUL) 9548 type = USE_T_AL; 9549 else if (can_ce && result_empty) 9550 type = USE_T_CE; 9551 else if (*T_DL != NUL && result_empty) 9552 type = USE_T_DL; 9553 else if (*T_SR != NUL && row == 0 && (*T_DA == NUL || can_ce)) 9554 type = USE_T_SR; 9555 else 9556 return FAIL; 9557 9558 /* 9559 * For clearing the lines screen_del_lines() is used. This will also take 9560 * care of t_db if necessary. 9561 */ 9562 if (type == USE_T_CD || type == USE_T_CDL || 9563 type == USE_T_CE || type == USE_T_DL) 9564 return screen_del_lines(off, row, line_count, end, FALSE, wp); 9565 9566 /* 9567 * If text is retained below the screen, first clear or delete as many 9568 * lines at the bottom of the window as are about to be inserted so that 9569 * the deleted lines won't later surface during a screen_del_lines. 9570 */ 9571 if (*T_DB) 9572 screen_del_lines(off, end - line_count, line_count, end, FALSE, wp); 9573 9574 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD 9575 /* Remove a modeless selection when inserting lines halfway the screen 9576 * or not the full width of the screen. */ 9577 if (off + row > 0 9578 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 9579 || (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns) 9580 # endif 9581 ) 9582 clip_clear_selection(&clip_star); 9583 else 9584 clip_scroll_selection(-line_count); 9585 #endif 9586 9587 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 9588 /* Don't update the GUI cursor here, ScreenLines[] is invalid until the 9589 * scrolling is actually carried out. */ 9590 gui_dont_update_cursor(); 9591 #endif 9592 9593 if (*T_CCS != NUL) /* cursor relative to region */ 9594 cursor_row = row; 9595 else 9596 cursor_row = row + off; 9597 9598 /* 9599 * Shift LineOffset[] line_count down to reflect the inserted lines. 9600 * Clear the inserted lines in ScreenLines[]. 9601 */ 9602 row += off; 9603 end += off; 9604 for (i = 0; i < line_count; ++i) 9605 { 9606 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 9607 if (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns) 9608 { 9609 /* need to copy part of a line */ 9610 j = end - 1 - i; 9611 while ((j -= line_count) >= row) 9612 linecopy(j + line_count, j, wp); 9613 j += line_count; 9614 if (can_clear((char_u *)" ")) 9615 lineclear(LineOffset[j] + wp->w_wincol, wp->w_width); 9616 else 9617 lineinvalid(LineOffset[j] + wp->w_wincol, wp->w_width); 9618 LineWraps[j] = FALSE; 9619 } 9620 else 9621 #endif 9622 { 9623 j = end - 1 - i; 9624 temp = LineOffset[j]; 9625 while ((j -= line_count) >= row) 9626 { 9627 LineOffset[j + line_count] = LineOffset[j]; 9628 LineWraps[j + line_count] = LineWraps[j]; 9629 } 9630 LineOffset[j + line_count] = temp; 9631 LineWraps[j + line_count] = FALSE; 9632 if (can_clear((char_u *)" ")) 9633 lineclear(temp, (int)Columns); 9634 else 9635 lineinvalid(temp, (int)Columns); 9636 } 9637 } 9638 9639 screen_stop_highlight(); 9640 windgoto(cursor_row, 0); 9641 9642 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 9643 /* redraw the characters */ 9644 if (type == USE_REDRAW) 9645 redraw_block(row, end, wp); 9646 else 9647 #endif 9648 if (type == USE_T_CAL) 9649 { 9650 term_append_lines(line_count); 9651 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ 9652 } 9653 else 9654 { 9655 for (i = 0; i < line_count; i++) 9656 { 9657 if (type == USE_T_AL) 9658 { 9659 if (i && cursor_row != 0) 9660 windgoto(cursor_row, 0); 9661 out_str(T_AL); 9662 } 9663 else /* type == USE_T_SR */ 9664 out_str(T_SR); 9665 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ 9666 } 9667 } 9668 9669 /* 9670 * With scroll-reverse and 'da' flag set we need to clear the lines that 9671 * have been scrolled down into the region. 9672 */ 9673 if (type == USE_T_SR && *T_DA) 9674 { 9675 for (i = 0; i < line_count; ++i) 9676 { 9677 windgoto(off + i, 0); 9678 out_str(T_CE); 9679 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ 9680 } 9681 } 9682 9683 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 9684 gui_can_update_cursor(); 9685 if (gui.in_use) 9686 out_flush(); /* always flush after a scroll */ 9687 #endif 9688 return OK; 9689 } 9690 9691 /* 9692 * delete lines on the screen and update ScreenLines[] 9693 * 'end' is the line after the scrolled part. Normally it is Rows. 9694 * When scrolling region used 'off' is the offset from the top for the region. 9695 * 'row' and 'end' are relative to the start of the region. 9696 * 9697 * Return OK for success, FAIL if the lines are not deleted. 9698 */ 9699 int 9700 screen_del_lines( 9701 int off, 9702 int row, 9703 int line_count, 9704 int end, 9705 int force, /* even when line_count > p_ttyscroll */ 9706 win_T *wp UNUSED) /* NULL or window to use width from */ 9707 { 9708 int j; 9709 int i; 9710 unsigned temp; 9711 int cursor_row; 9712 int cursor_end; 9713 int result_empty; /* result is empty until end of region */ 9714 int can_delete; /* deleting line codes can be used */ 9715 int type; 9716 9717 /* 9718 * FAIL if 9719 * - there is no valid screen 9720 * - the screen has to be redrawn completely 9721 * - the line count is less than one 9722 * - the line count is more than 'ttyscroll' 9723 */ 9724 if (!screen_valid(TRUE) || line_count <= 0 || 9725 (!force && line_count > p_ttyscroll)) 9726 return FAIL; 9727 9728 /* 9729 * Check if the rest of the current region will become empty. 9730 */ 9731 result_empty = row + line_count >= end; 9732 9733 /* 9734 * We can delete lines only when 'db' flag not set or when 'ce' option 9735 * available. 9736 */ 9737 can_delete = (*T_DB == NUL || can_clear(T_CE)); 9738 9739 /* 9740 * There are six ways to delete lines: 9741 * 0. When in a vertically split window and t_CV isn't set, redraw the 9742 * characters from ScreenLines[]. 9743 * 1. Use T_CD if it exists and the result is empty. 9744 * 2. Use newlines if row == 0 and count == 1 or T_CDL does not exist. 9745 * 3. Use T_CDL (delete multiple lines) if it exists and line_count > 1 or 9746 * none of the other ways work. 9747 * 4. Use T_CE (erase line) if the result is empty. 9748 * 5. Use T_DL (delete line) if it exists. 9749 * 6. redraw the characters from ScreenLines[]. 9750 */ 9751 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 9752 if (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns && *T_CSV == NUL) 9753 type = USE_REDRAW; 9754 else 9755 #endif 9756 if (can_clear(T_CD) && result_empty) 9757 type = USE_T_CD; 9758 #if defined(__BEOS__) && defined(BEOS_DR8) 9759 /* 9760 * USE_NL does not seem to work in Terminal of DR8 so we set T_DB="" in 9761 * its internal termcap... this works okay for tests which test *T_DB != 9762 * NUL. It has the disadvantage that the user cannot use any :set t_* 9763 * command to get T_DB (back) to empty_option, only :set term=... will do 9764 * the trick... 9765 * Anyway, this hack will hopefully go away with the next OS release. 9766 * (Olaf Seibert) 9767 */ 9768 else if (row == 0 && T_DB == empty_option 9769 && (line_count == 1 || *T_CDL == NUL)) 9770 #else 9771 else if (row == 0 && ( 9772 #ifndef AMIGA 9773 /* On the Amiga, somehow '\n' on the last line doesn't always scroll 9774 * up, so use delete-line command */ 9775 line_count == 1 || 9776 #endif 9777 *T_CDL == NUL)) 9778 #endif 9779 type = USE_NL; 9780 else if (*T_CDL != NUL && line_count > 1 && can_delete) 9781 type = USE_T_CDL; 9782 else if (can_clear(T_CE) && result_empty 9783 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 9784 && (wp == NULL || wp->w_width == Columns) 9785 #endif 9786 ) 9787 type = USE_T_CE; 9788 else if (*T_DL != NUL && can_delete) 9789 type = USE_T_DL; 9790 else if (*T_CDL != NUL && can_delete) 9791 type = USE_T_CDL; 9792 else 9793 return FAIL; 9794 9795 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD 9796 /* Remove a modeless selection when deleting lines halfway the screen or 9797 * not the full width of the screen. */ 9798 if (off + row > 0 9799 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 9800 || (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns) 9801 # endif 9802 ) 9803 clip_clear_selection(&clip_star); 9804 else 9805 clip_scroll_selection(line_count); 9806 #endif 9807 9808 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 9809 /* Don't update the GUI cursor here, ScreenLines[] is invalid until the 9810 * scrolling is actually carried out. */ 9811 gui_dont_update_cursor(); 9812 #endif 9813 9814 if (*T_CCS != NUL) /* cursor relative to region */ 9815 { 9816 cursor_row = row; 9817 cursor_end = end; 9818 } 9819 else 9820 { 9821 cursor_row = row + off; 9822 cursor_end = end + off; 9823 } 9824 9825 /* 9826 * Now shift LineOffset[] line_count up to reflect the deleted lines. 9827 * Clear the inserted lines in ScreenLines[]. 9828 */ 9829 row += off; 9830 end += off; 9831 for (i = 0; i < line_count; ++i) 9832 { 9833 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 9834 if (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns) 9835 { 9836 /* need to copy part of a line */ 9837 j = row + i; 9838 while ((j += line_count) <= end - 1) 9839 linecopy(j - line_count, j, wp); 9840 j -= line_count; 9841 if (can_clear((char_u *)" ")) 9842 lineclear(LineOffset[j] + wp->w_wincol, wp->w_width); 9843 else 9844 lineinvalid(LineOffset[j] + wp->w_wincol, wp->w_width); 9845 LineWraps[j] = FALSE; 9846 } 9847 else 9848 #endif 9849 { 9850 /* whole width, moving the line pointers is faster */ 9851 j = row + i; 9852 temp = LineOffset[j]; 9853 while ((j += line_count) <= end - 1) 9854 { 9855 LineOffset[j - line_count] = LineOffset[j]; 9856 LineWraps[j - line_count] = LineWraps[j]; 9857 } 9858 LineOffset[j - line_count] = temp; 9859 LineWraps[j - line_count] = FALSE; 9860 if (can_clear((char_u *)" ")) 9861 lineclear(temp, (int)Columns); 9862 else 9863 lineinvalid(temp, (int)Columns); 9864 } 9865 } 9866 9867 screen_stop_highlight(); 9868 9869 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 9870 /* redraw the characters */ 9871 if (type == USE_REDRAW) 9872 redraw_block(row, end, wp); 9873 else 9874 #endif 9875 if (type == USE_T_CD) /* delete the lines */ 9876 { 9877 windgoto(cursor_row, 0); 9878 out_str(T_CD); 9879 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ 9880 } 9881 else if (type == USE_T_CDL) 9882 { 9883 windgoto(cursor_row, 0); 9884 term_delete_lines(line_count); 9885 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ 9886 } 9887 /* 9888 * Deleting lines at top of the screen or scroll region: Just scroll 9889 * the whole screen (scroll region) up by outputting newlines on the 9890 * last line. 9891 */ 9892 else if (type == USE_NL) 9893 { 9894 windgoto(cursor_end - 1, 0); 9895 for (i = line_count; --i >= 0; ) 9896 out_char('\n'); /* cursor will remain on same line */ 9897 } 9898 else 9899 { 9900 for (i = line_count; --i >= 0; ) 9901 { 9902 if (type == USE_T_DL) 9903 { 9904 windgoto(cursor_row, 0); 9905 out_str(T_DL); /* delete a line */ 9906 } 9907 else /* type == USE_T_CE */ 9908 { 9909 windgoto(cursor_row + i, 0); 9910 out_str(T_CE); /* erase a line */ 9911 } 9912 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ 9913 } 9914 } 9915 9916 /* 9917 * If the 'db' flag is set, we need to clear the lines that have been 9918 * scrolled up at the bottom of the region. 9919 */ 9920 if (*T_DB && (type == USE_T_DL || type == USE_T_CDL)) 9921 { 9922 for (i = line_count; i > 0; --i) 9923 { 9924 windgoto(cursor_end - i, 0); 9925 out_str(T_CE); /* erase a line */ 9926 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ 9927 } 9928 } 9929 9930 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 9931 gui_can_update_cursor(); 9932 if (gui.in_use) 9933 out_flush(); /* always flush after a scroll */ 9934 #endif 9935 9936 return OK; 9937 } 9938 9939 /* 9940 * show the current mode and ruler 9941 * 9942 * If clear_cmdline is TRUE, clear the rest of the cmdline. 9943 * If clear_cmdline is FALSE there may be a message there that needs to be 9944 * cleared only if a mode is shown. 9945 * Return the length of the message (0 if no message). 9946 */ 9947 int 9948 showmode(void) 9949 { 9950 int need_clear; 9951 int length = 0; 9952 int do_mode; 9953 int attr; 9954 int nwr_save; 9955 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 9956 int sub_attr; 9957 #endif 9958 9959 do_mode = ((p_smd && msg_silent == 0) 9960 && ((State & INSERT) 9961 || restart_edit 9962 || VIsual_active)); 9963 if (do_mode || Recording) 9964 { 9965 /* 9966 * Don't show mode right now, when not redrawing or inside a mapping. 9967 * Call char_avail() only when we are going to show something, because 9968 * it takes a bit of time. 9969 */ 9970 if (!redrawing() || (char_avail() && !KeyTyped) || msg_silent != 0) 9971 { 9972 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; /* show mode later */ 9973 return 0; 9974 } 9975 9976 nwr_save = need_wait_return; 9977 9978 /* wait a bit before overwriting an important message */ 9979 check_for_delay(FALSE); 9980 9981 /* if the cmdline is more than one line high, erase top lines */ 9982 need_clear = clear_cmdline; 9983 if (clear_cmdline && cmdline_row < Rows - 1) 9984 msg_clr_cmdline(); /* will reset clear_cmdline */ 9985 9986 /* Position on the last line in the window, column 0 */ 9987 msg_pos_mode(); 9988 cursor_off(); 9989 attr = hl_attr(HLF_CM); /* Highlight mode */ 9990 if (do_mode) 9991 { 9992 MSG_PUTS_ATTR("--", attr); 9993 #if defined(FEAT_XIM) 9994 if ( 9995 # ifdef FEAT_GUI_GTK 9996 preedit_get_status() 9997 # else 9998 im_get_status() 9999 # endif 10000 ) 10001 # ifdef FEAT_GUI_GTK /* most of the time, it's not XIM being used */ 10002 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" IM", attr); 10003 # else 10004 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" XIM", attr); 10005 # endif 10006 #endif 10007 #if defined(FEAT_HANGULIN) && defined(FEAT_GUI) 10008 if (gui.in_use) 10009 { 10010 if (hangul_input_state_get()) 10011 { 10012 /* HANGUL */ 10013 if (enc_utf8) 10014 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" \355\225\234\352\270\200", attr); 10015 else 10016 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" \307\321\261\333", attr); 10017 } 10018 } 10019 #endif 10020 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 10021 /* CTRL-X in Insert mode */ 10022 if (edit_submode != NULL && !shortmess(SHM_COMPLETIONMENU)) 10023 { 10024 /* These messages can get long, avoid a wrap in a narrow 10025 * window. Prefer showing edit_submode_extra. */ 10026 length = (Rows - msg_row) * Columns - 3; 10027 if (edit_submode_extra != NULL) 10028 length -= vim_strsize(edit_submode_extra); 10029 if (length > 0) 10030 { 10031 if (edit_submode_pre != NULL) 10032 length -= vim_strsize(edit_submode_pre); 10033 if (length - vim_strsize(edit_submode) > 0) 10034 { 10035 if (edit_submode_pre != NULL) 10036 msg_puts_attr(edit_submode_pre, attr); 10037 msg_puts_attr(edit_submode, attr); 10038 } 10039 if (edit_submode_extra != NULL) 10040 { 10041 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" ", attr); /* add a space in between */ 10042 if ((int)edit_submode_highl < (int)HLF_COUNT) 10043 sub_attr = hl_attr(edit_submode_highl); 10044 else 10045 sub_attr = attr; 10046 msg_puts_attr(edit_submode_extra, sub_attr); 10047 } 10048 } 10049 length = 0; 10050 } 10051 else 10052 #endif 10053 { 10054 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 10055 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 10056 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" VREPLACE"), attr); 10057 else 10058 #endif 10059 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) 10060 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" REPLACE"), attr); 10061 else if (State & INSERT) 10062 { 10063 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 10064 if (p_ri) 10065 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" REVERSE"), attr); 10066 #endif 10067 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" INSERT"), attr); 10068 } 10069 else if (restart_edit == 'I') 10070 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" (insert)"), attr); 10071 else if (restart_edit == 'R') 10072 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" (replace)"), attr); 10073 else if (restart_edit == 'V') 10074 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" (vreplace)"), attr); 10075 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 10076 if (p_hkmap) 10077 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" Hebrew"), attr); 10078 # ifdef FEAT_FKMAP 10079 if (p_fkmap) 10080 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(farsi_text_5, attr); 10081 # endif 10082 #endif 10083 #ifdef FEAT_KEYMAP 10084 if (State & LANGMAP) 10085 { 10086 # ifdef FEAT_ARABIC 10087 if (curwin->w_p_arab) 10088 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" Arabic"), attr); 10089 else 10090 # endif 10091 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" (lang)"), attr); 10092 } 10093 #endif 10094 if ((State & INSERT) && p_paste) 10095 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" (paste)"), attr); 10096 10097 if (VIsual_active) 10098 { 10099 char *p; 10100 10101 /* Don't concatenate separate words to avoid translation 10102 * problems. */ 10103 switch ((VIsual_select ? 4 : 0) 10104 + (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V) * 2 10105 + (VIsual_mode == 'V')) 10106 { 10107 case 0: p = N_(" VISUAL"); break; 10108 case 1: p = N_(" VISUAL LINE"); break; 10109 case 2: p = N_(" VISUAL BLOCK"); break; 10110 case 4: p = N_(" SELECT"); break; 10111 case 5: p = N_(" SELECT LINE"); break; 10112 default: p = N_(" SELECT BLOCK"); break; 10113 } 10114 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(p), attr); 10115 } 10116 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" --", attr); 10117 } 10118 10119 need_clear = TRUE; 10120 } 10121 if (Recording 10122 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 10123 && edit_submode == NULL /* otherwise it gets too long */ 10124 #endif 10125 ) 10126 { 10127 recording_mode(attr); 10128 need_clear = TRUE; 10129 } 10130 10131 mode_displayed = TRUE; 10132 if (need_clear || clear_cmdline) 10133 msg_clr_eos(); 10134 msg_didout = FALSE; /* overwrite this message */ 10135 length = msg_col; 10136 msg_col = 0; 10137 need_wait_return = nwr_save; /* never ask for hit-return for this */ 10138 } 10139 else if (clear_cmdline && msg_silent == 0) 10140 /* Clear the whole command line. Will reset "clear_cmdline". */ 10141 msg_clr_cmdline(); 10142 10143 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 10144 /* In Visual mode the size of the selected area must be redrawn. */ 10145 if (VIsual_active) 10146 clear_showcmd(); 10147 10148 /* If the last window has no status line, the ruler is after the mode 10149 * message and must be redrawn */ 10150 if (redrawing() 10151 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 10152 && lastwin->w_status_height == 0 10153 # endif 10154 ) 10155 win_redr_ruler(lastwin, TRUE); 10156 #endif 10157 redraw_cmdline = FALSE; 10158 clear_cmdline = FALSE; 10159 10160 return length; 10161 } 10162 10163 /* 10164 * Position for a mode message. 10165 */ 10166 static void 10167 msg_pos_mode(void) 10168 { 10169 msg_col = 0; 10170 msg_row = Rows - 1; 10171 } 10172 10173 /* 10174 * Delete mode message. Used when ESC is typed which is expected to end 10175 * Insert mode (but Insert mode didn't end yet!). 10176 * Caller should check "mode_displayed". 10177 */ 10178 void 10179 unshowmode(int force) 10180 { 10181 /* 10182 * Don't delete it right now, when not redrawing or inside a mapping. 10183 */ 10184 if (!redrawing() || (!force && char_avail() && !KeyTyped)) 10185 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; /* delete mode later */ 10186 else 10187 { 10188 msg_pos_mode(); 10189 if (Recording) 10190 recording_mode(hl_attr(HLF_CM)); 10191 msg_clr_eos(); 10192 } 10193 } 10194 10195 static void 10196 recording_mode(int attr) 10197 { 10198 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_("recording"), attr); 10199 if (!shortmess(SHM_RECORDING)) 10200 { 10201 char_u s[4]; 10202 sprintf((char *)s, " @%c", Recording); 10203 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(s, attr); 10204 } 10205 } 10206 10207 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) 10208 /* 10209 * Draw the tab pages line at the top of the Vim window. 10210 */ 10211 static void 10212 draw_tabline(void) 10213 { 10214 int tabcount = 0; 10215 tabpage_T *tp; 10216 int tabwidth; 10217 int col = 0; 10218 int scol = 0; 10219 int attr; 10220 win_T *wp; 10221 win_T *cwp; 10222 int wincount; 10223 int modified; 10224 int c; 10225 int len; 10226 int attr_sel = hl_attr(HLF_TPS); 10227 int attr_nosel = hl_attr(HLF_TP); 10228 int attr_fill = hl_attr(HLF_TPF); 10229 char_u *p; 10230 int room; 10231 int use_sep_chars = (t_colors < 8 10232 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 10233 && !gui.in_use 10234 #endif 10235 ); 10236 10237 redraw_tabline = FALSE; 10238 10239 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_TABLINE 10240 /* Take care of a GUI tabline. */ 10241 if (gui_use_tabline()) 10242 { 10243 gui_update_tabline(); 10244 return; 10245 } 10246 #endif 10247 10248 if (tabline_height() < 1) 10249 return; 10250 10251 #if defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) 10252 10253 /* Init TabPageIdxs[] to zero: Clicking outside of tabs has no effect. */ 10254 for (scol = 0; scol < Columns; ++scol) 10255 TabPageIdxs[scol] = 0; 10256 10257 /* Use the 'tabline' option if it's set. */ 10258 if (*p_tal != NUL) 10259 { 10260 int save_called_emsg = called_emsg; 10261 10262 /* Check for an error. If there is one we would loop in redrawing the 10263 * screen. Avoid that by making 'tabline' empty. */ 10264 called_emsg = FALSE; 10265 win_redr_custom(NULL, FALSE); 10266 if (called_emsg) 10267 set_string_option_direct((char_u *)"tabline", -1, 10268 (char_u *)"", OPT_FREE, SID_ERROR); 10269 called_emsg |= save_called_emsg; 10270 } 10271 else 10272 #endif 10273 { 10274 for (tp = first_tabpage; tp != NULL; tp = tp->tp_next) 10275 ++tabcount; 10276 10277 tabwidth = (Columns - 1 + tabcount / 2) / tabcount; 10278 if (tabwidth < 6) 10279 tabwidth = 6; 10280 10281 attr = attr_nosel; 10282 tabcount = 0; 10283 scol = 0; 10284 for (tp = first_tabpage; tp != NULL && col < Columns - 4; 10285 tp = tp->tp_next) 10286 { 10287 scol = col; 10288 10289 if (tp->tp_topframe == topframe) 10290 attr = attr_sel; 10291 if (use_sep_chars && col > 0) 10292 screen_putchar('|', 0, col++, attr); 10293 10294 if (tp->tp_topframe != topframe) 10295 attr = attr_nosel; 10296 10297 screen_putchar(' ', 0, col++, attr); 10298 10299 if (tp == curtab) 10300 { 10301 cwp = curwin; 10302 wp = firstwin; 10303 } 10304 else 10305 { 10306 cwp = tp->tp_curwin; 10307 wp = tp->tp_firstwin; 10308 } 10309 10310 modified = FALSE; 10311 for (wincount = 0; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next, ++wincount) 10312 if (bufIsChanged(wp->w_buffer)) 10313 modified = TRUE; 10314 if (modified || wincount > 1) 10315 { 10316 if (wincount > 1) 10317 { 10318 vim_snprintf((char *)NameBuff, MAXPATHL, "%d", wincount); 10319 len = (int)STRLEN(NameBuff); 10320 if (col + len >= Columns - 3) 10321 break; 10322 screen_puts_len(NameBuff, len, 0, col, 10323 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) 10324 hl_combine_attr(attr, hl_attr(HLF_T)) 10325 #else 10326 attr 10327 #endif 10328 ); 10329 col += len; 10330 } 10331 if (modified) 10332 screen_puts_len((char_u *)"+", 1, 0, col++, attr); 10333 screen_putchar(' ', 0, col++, attr); 10334 } 10335 10336 room = scol - col + tabwidth - 1; 10337 if (room > 0) 10338 { 10339 /* Get buffer name in NameBuff[] */ 10340 get_trans_bufname(cwp->w_buffer); 10341 shorten_dir(NameBuff); 10342 len = vim_strsize(NameBuff); 10343 p = NameBuff; 10344 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 10345 if (has_mbyte) 10346 while (len > room) 10347 { 10348 len -= ptr2cells(p); 10349 mb_ptr_adv(p); 10350 } 10351 else 10352 #endif 10353 if (len > room) 10354 { 10355 p += len - room; 10356 len = room; 10357 } 10358 if (len > Columns - col - 1) 10359 len = Columns - col - 1; 10360 10361 screen_puts_len(p, (int)STRLEN(p), 0, col, attr); 10362 col += len; 10363 } 10364 screen_putchar(' ', 0, col++, attr); 10365 10366 /* Store the tab page number in TabPageIdxs[], so that 10367 * jump_to_mouse() knows where each one is. */ 10368 ++tabcount; 10369 while (scol < col) 10370 TabPageIdxs[scol++] = tabcount; 10371 } 10372 10373 if (use_sep_chars) 10374 c = '_'; 10375 else 10376 c = ' '; 10377 screen_fill(0, 1, col, (int)Columns, c, c, attr_fill); 10378 10379 /* Put an "X" for closing the current tab if there are several. */ 10380 if (first_tabpage->tp_next != NULL) 10381 { 10382 screen_putchar('X', 0, (int)Columns - 1, attr_nosel); 10383 TabPageIdxs[Columns - 1] = -999; 10384 } 10385 } 10386 10387 /* Reset the flag here again, in case evaluating 'tabline' causes it to be 10388 * set. */ 10389 redraw_tabline = FALSE; 10390 } 10391 10392 /* 10393 * Get buffer name for "buf" into NameBuff[]. 10394 * Takes care of special buffer names and translates special characters. 10395 */ 10396 void 10397 get_trans_bufname(buf_T *buf) 10398 { 10399 if (buf_spname(buf) != NULL) 10400 vim_strncpy(NameBuff, buf_spname(buf), MAXPATHL - 1); 10401 else 10402 home_replace(buf, buf->b_fname, NameBuff, MAXPATHL, TRUE); 10403 trans_characters(NameBuff, MAXPATHL); 10404 } 10405 #endif 10406 10407 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(FEAT_WILDMENU) || defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) 10408 /* 10409 * Get the character to use in a status line. Get its attributes in "*attr". 10410 */ 10411 static int 10412 fillchar_status(int *attr, int is_curwin) 10413 { 10414 int fill; 10415 if (is_curwin) 10416 { 10417 *attr = hl_attr(HLF_S); 10418 fill = fill_stl; 10419 } 10420 else 10421 { 10422 *attr = hl_attr(HLF_SNC); 10423 fill = fill_stlnc; 10424 } 10425 /* Use fill when there is highlighting, and highlighting of current 10426 * window differs, or the fillchars differ, or this is not the 10427 * current window */ 10428 if (*attr != 0 && ((hl_attr(HLF_S) != hl_attr(HLF_SNC) 10429 || !is_curwin || firstwin == lastwin) 10430 || (fill_stl != fill_stlnc))) 10431 return fill; 10432 if (is_curwin) 10433 return '^'; 10434 return '='; 10435 } 10436 #endif 10437 10438 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 10439 /* 10440 * Get the character to use in a separator between vertically split windows. 10441 * Get its attributes in "*attr". 10442 */ 10443 static int 10444 fillchar_vsep(int *attr) 10445 { 10446 *attr = hl_attr(HLF_C); 10447 if (*attr == 0 && fill_vert == ' ') 10448 return '|'; 10449 else 10450 return fill_vert; 10451 } 10452 #endif 10453 10454 /* 10455 * Return TRUE if redrawing should currently be done. 10456 */ 10457 int 10458 redrawing(void) 10459 { 10460 return (!RedrawingDisabled 10461 && !(p_lz && char_avail() && !KeyTyped && !do_redraw)); 10462 } 10463 10464 /* 10465 * Return TRUE if printing messages should currently be done. 10466 */ 10467 int 10468 messaging(void) 10469 { 10470 return (!(p_lz && char_avail() && !KeyTyped)); 10471 } 10472 10473 /* 10474 * Show current status info in ruler and various other places 10475 * If always is FALSE, only show ruler if position has changed. 10476 */ 10477 void 10478 showruler(int always) 10479 { 10480 if (!always && !redrawing()) 10481 return; 10482 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 10483 if (pum_visible()) 10484 { 10485 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 10486 /* Don't redraw right now, do it later. */ 10487 curwin->w_redr_status = TRUE; 10488 # endif 10489 return; 10490 } 10491 #endif 10492 #if defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) 10493 if ((*p_stl != NUL || *curwin->w_p_stl != NUL) && curwin->w_status_height) 10494 { 10495 redraw_custom_statusline(curwin); 10496 } 10497 else 10498 #endif 10499 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 10500 win_redr_ruler(curwin, always); 10501 #endif 10502 10503 #ifdef FEAT_TITLE 10504 if (need_maketitle 10505 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT 10506 || (p_icon && (stl_syntax & STL_IN_ICON)) 10507 || (p_title && (stl_syntax & STL_IN_TITLE)) 10508 # endif 10509 ) 10510 maketitle(); 10511 #endif 10512 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 10513 /* Redraw the tab pages line if needed. */ 10514 if (redraw_tabline) 10515 draw_tabline(); 10516 #endif 10517 } 10518 10519 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 10520 static void 10521 win_redr_ruler(win_T *wp, int always) 10522 { 10523 #define RULER_BUF_LEN 70 10524 char_u buffer[RULER_BUF_LEN]; 10525 int row; 10526 int fillchar; 10527 int attr; 10528 int empty_line = FALSE; 10529 colnr_T virtcol; 10530 int i; 10531 size_t len; 10532 int o; 10533 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 10534 int this_ru_col; 10535 int off = 0; 10536 int width = Columns; 10537 # define WITH_OFF(x) x 10538 # define WITH_WIDTH(x) x 10539 #else 10540 # define WITH_OFF(x) 0 10541 # define WITH_WIDTH(x) Columns 10542 # define this_ru_col ru_col 10543 #endif 10544 10545 /* If 'ruler' off or redrawing disabled, don't do anything */ 10546 if (!p_ru) 10547 return; 10548 10549 /* 10550 * Check if cursor.lnum is valid, since win_redr_ruler() may be called 10551 * after deleting lines, before cursor.lnum is corrected. 10552 */ 10553 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum > wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count) 10554 return; 10555 10556 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 10557 /* Don't draw the ruler while doing insert-completion, it might overwrite 10558 * the (long) mode message. */ 10559 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 10560 if (wp == lastwin && lastwin->w_status_height == 0) 10561 # endif 10562 if (edit_submode != NULL) 10563 return; 10564 /* Don't draw the ruler when the popup menu is visible, it may overlap. */ 10565 if (pum_visible()) 10566 return; 10567 #endif 10568 10569 #ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT 10570 if (*p_ruf) 10571 { 10572 int save_called_emsg = called_emsg; 10573 10574 called_emsg = FALSE; 10575 win_redr_custom(wp, TRUE); 10576 if (called_emsg) 10577 set_string_option_direct((char_u *)"rulerformat", -1, 10578 (char_u *)"", OPT_FREE, SID_ERROR); 10579 called_emsg |= save_called_emsg; 10580 return; 10581 } 10582 #endif 10583 10584 /* 10585 * Check if not in Insert mode and the line is empty (will show "0-1"). 10586 */ 10587 if (!(State & INSERT) 10588 && *ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, wp->w_cursor.lnum, FALSE) == NUL) 10589 empty_line = TRUE; 10590 10591 /* 10592 * Only draw the ruler when something changed. 10593 */ 10594 validate_virtcol_win(wp); 10595 if ( redraw_cmdline 10596 || always 10597 || wp->w_cursor.lnum != wp->w_ru_cursor.lnum 10598 || wp->w_cursor.col != wp->w_ru_cursor.col 10599 || wp->w_virtcol != wp->w_ru_virtcol 10600 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 10601 || wp->w_cursor.coladd != wp->w_ru_cursor.coladd 10602 #endif 10603 || wp->w_topline != wp->w_ru_topline 10604 || wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count != wp->w_ru_line_count 10605 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 10606 || wp->w_topfill != wp->w_ru_topfill 10607 #endif 10608 || empty_line != wp->w_ru_empty) 10609 { 10610 cursor_off(); 10611 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 10612 if (wp->w_status_height) 10613 { 10614 row = W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height; 10615 fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, wp == curwin); 10616 off = W_WINCOL(wp); 10617 width = W_WIDTH(wp); 10618 } 10619 else 10620 #endif 10621 { 10622 row = Rows - 1; 10623 fillchar = ' '; 10624 attr = 0; 10625 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 10626 width = Columns; 10627 off = 0; 10628 #endif 10629 } 10630 10631 /* In list mode virtcol needs to be recomputed */ 10632 virtcol = wp->w_virtcol; 10633 if (wp->w_p_list && lcs_tab1 == NUL) 10634 { 10635 wp->w_p_list = FALSE; 10636 getvvcol(wp, &wp->w_cursor, NULL, &virtcol, NULL); 10637 wp->w_p_list = TRUE; 10638 } 10639 10640 /* 10641 * Some sprintfs return the length, some return a pointer. 10642 * To avoid portability problems we use strlen() here. 10643 */ 10644 vim_snprintf((char *)buffer, RULER_BUF_LEN, "%ld,", 10645 (wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_flags & ML_EMPTY) 10646 ? 0L 10647 : (long)(wp->w_cursor.lnum)); 10648 len = STRLEN(buffer); 10649 col_print(buffer + len, RULER_BUF_LEN - len, 10650 empty_line ? 0 : (int)wp->w_cursor.col + 1, 10651 (int)virtcol + 1); 10652 10653 /* 10654 * Add a "50%" if there is room for it. 10655 * On the last line, don't print in the last column (scrolls the 10656 * screen up on some terminals). 10657 */ 10658 i = (int)STRLEN(buffer); 10659 get_rel_pos(wp, buffer + i + 1, RULER_BUF_LEN - i - 1); 10660 o = i + vim_strsize(buffer + i + 1); 10661 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 10662 if (wp->w_status_height == 0) /* can't use last char of screen */ 10663 #endif 10664 ++o; 10665 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 10666 this_ru_col = ru_col - (Columns - width); 10667 if (this_ru_col < 0) 10668 this_ru_col = 0; 10669 #endif 10670 /* Never use more than half the window/screen width, leave the other 10671 * half for the filename. */ 10672 if (this_ru_col < (WITH_WIDTH(width) + 1) / 2) 10673 this_ru_col = (WITH_WIDTH(width) + 1) / 2; 10674 if (this_ru_col + o < WITH_WIDTH(width)) 10675 { 10676 /* need at least 3 chars left for get_rel_pos() + NUL */ 10677 while (this_ru_col + o < WITH_WIDTH(width) && RULER_BUF_LEN > i + 4) 10678 { 10679 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 10680 if (has_mbyte) 10681 i += (*mb_char2bytes)(fillchar, buffer + i); 10682 else 10683 #endif 10684 buffer[i++] = fillchar; 10685 ++o; 10686 } 10687 get_rel_pos(wp, buffer + i, RULER_BUF_LEN - i); 10688 } 10689 /* Truncate at window boundary. */ 10690 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 10691 if (has_mbyte) 10692 { 10693 o = 0; 10694 for (i = 0; buffer[i] != NUL; i += (*mb_ptr2len)(buffer + i)) 10695 { 10696 o += (*mb_ptr2cells)(buffer + i); 10697 if (this_ru_col + o > WITH_WIDTH(width)) 10698 { 10699 buffer[i] = NUL; 10700 break; 10701 } 10702 } 10703 } 10704 else 10705 #endif 10706 if (this_ru_col + (int)STRLEN(buffer) > WITH_WIDTH(width)) 10707 buffer[WITH_WIDTH(width) - this_ru_col] = NUL; 10708 10709 screen_puts(buffer, row, this_ru_col + WITH_OFF(off), attr); 10710 i = redraw_cmdline; 10711 screen_fill(row, row + 1, 10712 this_ru_col + WITH_OFF(off) + (int)STRLEN(buffer), 10713 (int)(WITH_OFF(off) + WITH_WIDTH(width)), 10714 fillchar, fillchar, attr); 10715 /* don't redraw the cmdline because of showing the ruler */ 10716 redraw_cmdline = i; 10717 wp->w_ru_cursor = wp->w_cursor; 10718 wp->w_ru_virtcol = wp->w_virtcol; 10719 wp->w_ru_empty = empty_line; 10720 wp->w_ru_topline = wp->w_topline; 10721 wp->w_ru_line_count = wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count; 10722 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 10723 wp->w_ru_topfill = wp->w_topfill; 10724 #endif 10725 } 10726 } 10727 #endif 10728 10729 #if defined(FEAT_LINEBREAK) || defined(PROTO) 10730 /* 10731 * Return the width of the 'number' and 'relativenumber' column. 10732 * Caller may need to check if 'number' or 'relativenumber' is set. 10733 * Otherwise it depends on 'numberwidth' and the line count. 10734 */ 10735 int 10736 number_width(win_T *wp) 10737 { 10738 int n; 10739 linenr_T lnum; 10740 10741 if (wp->w_p_rnu && !wp->w_p_nu) 10742 /* cursor line shows "0" */ 10743 lnum = wp->w_height; 10744 else 10745 /* cursor line shows absolute line number */ 10746 lnum = wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count; 10747 10748 if (lnum == wp->w_nrwidth_line_count && wp->w_nuw_cached == wp->w_p_nuw) 10749 return wp->w_nrwidth_width; 10750 wp->w_nrwidth_line_count = lnum; 10751 10752 n = 0; 10753 do 10754 { 10755 lnum /= 10; 10756 ++n; 10757 } while (lnum > 0); 10758 10759 /* 'numberwidth' gives the minimal width plus one */ 10760 if (n < wp->w_p_nuw - 1) 10761 n = wp->w_p_nuw - 1; 10762 10763 wp->w_nrwidth_width = n; 10764 wp->w_nuw_cached = wp->w_p_nuw; 10765 return n; 10766 } 10767 #endif 10768 10769 /* 10770 * Return the current cursor column. This is the actual position on the 10771 * screen. First column is 0. 10772 */ 10773 int 10774 screen_screencol(void) 10775 { 10776 return screen_cur_col; 10777 } 10778 10779 /* 10780 * Return the current cursor row. This is the actual position on the screen. 10781 * First row is 0. 10782 */ 10783 int 10784 screen_screenrow(void) 10785 { 10786 return screen_cur_row; 10787 } 10788